[ Index ] |
PHP Cross Reference of moodle-2.8 |
[Summary view] [Print] [Text view]
1 <?php 2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/ 3 // 4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify 5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or 7 // (at your option) any later version. 8 // 9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 12 // GNU General Public License for more details. 13 // 14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. 16 17 /** 18 * moodlelib.php - Moodle main library 19 * 20 * Main library file of miscellaneous general-purpose Moodle functions. 21 * Other main libraries: 22 * - weblib.php - functions that produce web output 23 * - datalib.php - functions that access the database 24 * 25 * @package core 26 * @subpackage lib 27 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com 28 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 29 */ 30 31 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') || die(); 32 33 // CONSTANTS (Encased in phpdoc proper comments). 34 35 // Date and time constants. 36 /** 37 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a year 38 */ 39 define('YEARSECS', 31536000); 40 41 /** 42 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a week 43 */ 44 define('WEEKSECS', 604800); 45 46 /** 47 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a day 48 */ 49 define('DAYSECS', 86400); 50 51 /** 52 * Time constant - the number of seconds in an hour 53 */ 54 define('HOURSECS', 3600); 55 56 /** 57 * Time constant - the number of seconds in a minute 58 */ 59 define('MINSECS', 60); 60 61 /** 62 * Time constant - the number of minutes in a day 63 */ 64 define('DAYMINS', 1440); 65 66 /** 67 * Time constant - the number of minutes in an hour 68 */ 69 define('HOURMINS', 60); 70 71 // Parameter constants - every call to optional_param(), required_param() 72 // or clean_param() should have a specified type of parameter. 73 74 /** 75 * PARAM_ALPHA - contains only english ascii letters a-zA-Z. 76 */ 77 define('PARAM_ALPHA', 'alpha'); 78 79 /** 80 * PARAM_ALPHAEXT the same contents as PARAM_ALPHA plus the chars in quotes: "_-" allowed 81 * NOTE: originally this allowed "/" too, please use PARAM_SAFEPATH if "/" needed 82 */ 83 define('PARAM_ALPHAEXT', 'alphaext'); 84 85 /** 86 * PARAM_ALPHANUM - expected numbers and letters only. 87 */ 88 define('PARAM_ALPHANUM', 'alphanum'); 89 90 /** 91 * PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT - expected numbers, letters only and _-. 92 */ 93 define('PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT', 'alphanumext'); 94 95 /** 96 * PARAM_AUTH - actually checks to make sure the string is a valid auth plugin 97 */ 98 define('PARAM_AUTH', 'auth'); 99 100 /** 101 * PARAM_BASE64 - Base 64 encoded format 102 */ 103 define('PARAM_BASE64', 'base64'); 104 105 /** 106 * PARAM_BOOL - converts input into 0 or 1, use for switches in forms and urls. 107 */ 108 define('PARAM_BOOL', 'bool'); 109 110 /** 111 * PARAM_CAPABILITY - A capability name, like 'moodle/role:manage'. Actually 112 * checked against the list of capabilities in the database. 113 */ 114 define('PARAM_CAPABILITY', 'capability'); 115 116 /** 117 * PARAM_CLEANHTML - cleans submitted HTML code. Note that you almost never want 118 * to use this. The normal mode of operation is to use PARAM_RAW when recieving 119 * the input (required/optional_param or formslib) and then sanitse the HTML 120 * using format_text on output. This is for the rare cases when you want to 121 * sanitise the HTML on input. This cleaning may also fix xhtml strictness. 122 */ 123 define('PARAM_CLEANHTML', 'cleanhtml'); 124 125 /** 126 * PARAM_EMAIL - an email address following the RFC 127 */ 128 define('PARAM_EMAIL', 'email'); 129 130 /** 131 * PARAM_FILE - safe file name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory traversals 132 */ 133 define('PARAM_FILE', 'file'); 134 135 /** 136 * PARAM_FLOAT - a real/floating point number. 137 * 138 * Note that you should not use PARAM_FLOAT for numbers typed in by the user. 139 * It does not work for languages that use , as a decimal separator. 140 * Instead, do something like 141 * $rawvalue = required_param('name', PARAM_RAW); 142 * // ... other code including require_login, which sets current lang ... 143 * $realvalue = unformat_float($rawvalue); 144 * // ... then use $realvalue 145 */ 146 define('PARAM_FLOAT', 'float'); 147 148 /** 149 * PARAM_HOST - expected fully qualified domain name (FQDN) or an IPv4 dotted quad (IP address) 150 */ 151 define('PARAM_HOST', 'host'); 152 153 /** 154 * PARAM_INT - integers only, use when expecting only numbers. 155 */ 156 define('PARAM_INT', 'int'); 157 158 /** 159 * PARAM_LANG - checks to see if the string is a valid installed language in the current site. 160 */ 161 define('PARAM_LANG', 'lang'); 162 163 /** 164 * PARAM_LOCALURL - expected properly formatted URL as well as one that refers to the local server itself. (NOT orthogonal to the 165 * others! Implies PARAM_URL!) 166 */ 167 define('PARAM_LOCALURL', 'localurl'); 168 169 /** 170 * PARAM_NOTAGS - all html tags are stripped from the text. Do not abuse this type. 171 */ 172 define('PARAM_NOTAGS', 'notags'); 173 174 /** 175 * PARAM_PATH - safe relative path name, all dangerous chars are stripped, protects against XSS, SQL injections and directory 176 * traversals note: the leading slash is not removed, window drive letter is not allowed 177 */ 178 define('PARAM_PATH', 'path'); 179 180 /** 181 * PARAM_PEM - Privacy Enhanced Mail format 182 */ 183 define('PARAM_PEM', 'pem'); 184 185 /** 186 * PARAM_PERMISSION - A permission, one of CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT or CAP_PROHIBIT. 187 */ 188 define('PARAM_PERMISSION', 'permission'); 189 190 /** 191 * PARAM_RAW specifies a parameter that is not cleaned/processed in any way except the discarding of the invalid utf-8 characters 192 */ 193 define('PARAM_RAW', 'raw'); 194 195 /** 196 * PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED like PARAM_RAW but leading and trailing whitespace is stripped. 197 */ 198 define('PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED', 'raw_trimmed'); 199 200 /** 201 * PARAM_SAFEDIR - safe directory name, suitable for include() and require() 202 */ 203 define('PARAM_SAFEDIR', 'safedir'); 204 205 /** 206 * PARAM_SAFEPATH - several PARAM_SAFEDIR joined by "/", suitable for include() and require(), plugin paths, etc. 207 */ 208 define('PARAM_SAFEPATH', 'safepath'); 209 210 /** 211 * PARAM_SEQUENCE - expects a sequence of numbers like 8 to 1,5,6,4,6,8,9. Numbers and comma only. 212 */ 213 define('PARAM_SEQUENCE', 'sequence'); 214 215 /** 216 * PARAM_TAG - one tag (interests, blogs, etc.) - mostly international characters and space, <> not supported 217 */ 218 define('PARAM_TAG', 'tag'); 219 220 /** 221 * PARAM_TAGLIST - list of tags separated by commas (interests, blogs, etc.) 222 */ 223 define('PARAM_TAGLIST', 'taglist'); 224 225 /** 226 * PARAM_TEXT - general plain text compatible with multilang filter, no other html tags. Please note '<', or '>' are allowed here. 227 */ 228 define('PARAM_TEXT', 'text'); 229 230 /** 231 * PARAM_THEME - Checks to see if the string is a valid theme name in the current site 232 */ 233 define('PARAM_THEME', 'theme'); 234 235 /** 236 * PARAM_URL - expected properly formatted URL. Please note that domain part is required, http://localhost/ is not accepted but 237 * http://localhost.localdomain/ is ok. 238 */ 239 define('PARAM_URL', 'url'); 240 241 /** 242 * PARAM_USERNAME - Clean username to only contains allowed characters. This is to be used ONLY when manually creating user 243 * accounts, do NOT use when syncing with external systems!! 244 */ 245 define('PARAM_USERNAME', 'username'); 246 247 /** 248 * PARAM_STRINGID - used to check if the given string is valid string identifier for get_string() 249 */ 250 define('PARAM_STRINGID', 'stringid'); 251 252 // DEPRECATED PARAM TYPES OR ALIASES - DO NOT USE FOR NEW CODE. 253 /** 254 * PARAM_CLEAN - obsoleted, please use a more specific type of parameter. 255 * It was one of the first types, that is why it is abused so much ;-) 256 * @deprecated since 2.0 257 */ 258 define('PARAM_CLEAN', 'clean'); 259 260 /** 261 * PARAM_INTEGER - deprecated alias for PARAM_INT 262 * @deprecated since 2.0 263 */ 264 define('PARAM_INTEGER', 'int'); 265 266 /** 267 * PARAM_NUMBER - deprecated alias of PARAM_FLOAT 268 * @deprecated since 2.0 269 */ 270 define('PARAM_NUMBER', 'float'); 271 272 /** 273 * PARAM_ACTION - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for various actions in forms and urls 274 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA 275 * @deprecated since 2.0 276 */ 277 define('PARAM_ACTION', 'alphanumext'); 278 279 /** 280 * PARAM_FORMAT - deprecated alias for PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT, use for names of plugins, formats, etc. 281 * NOTE: originally alias for PARAM_APLHA 282 * @deprecated since 2.0 283 */ 284 define('PARAM_FORMAT', 'alphanumext'); 285 286 /** 287 * PARAM_MULTILANG - deprecated alias of PARAM_TEXT. 288 * @deprecated since 2.0 289 */ 290 define('PARAM_MULTILANG', 'text'); 291 292 /** 293 * PARAM_TIMEZONE - expected timezone. Timezone can be int +-(0-13) or float +-(0.5-12.5) or 294 * string separated by '/' and can have '-' &/ '_' (eg. America/North_Dakota/New_Salem 295 * America/Port-au-Prince) 296 */ 297 define('PARAM_TIMEZONE', 'timezone'); 298 299 /** 300 * PARAM_CLEANFILE - deprecated alias of PARAM_FILE; originally was removing regional chars too 301 */ 302 define('PARAM_CLEANFILE', 'file'); 303 304 /** 305 * PARAM_COMPONENT is used for full component names (aka frankenstyle) such as 'mod_forum', 'core_rating', 'auth_ldap'. 306 * Short legacy subsystem names and module names are accepted too ex: 'forum', 'rating', 'user'. 307 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 308 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! 309 */ 310 define('PARAM_COMPONENT', 'component'); 311 312 /** 313 * PARAM_AREA is a name of area used when addressing files, comments, ratings, etc. 314 * It is usually used together with context id and component. 315 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 316 */ 317 define('PARAM_AREA', 'area'); 318 319 /** 320 * PARAM_PLUGIN is used for plugin names such as 'forum', 'glossary', 'ldap', 'radius', 'paypal', 'completionstatus'. 321 * Only lowercase ascii letters, numbers and underscores are allowed, it has to start with a letter. 322 * NOTE: numbers and underscores are strongly discouraged in plugin names! Underscores are forbidden in module names. 323 */ 324 define('PARAM_PLUGIN', 'plugin'); 325 326 327 // Web Services. 328 329 /** 330 * VALUE_REQUIRED - if the parameter is not supplied, there is an error 331 */ 332 define('VALUE_REQUIRED', 1); 333 334 /** 335 * VALUE_OPTIONAL - if the parameter is not supplied, then the param has no value 336 */ 337 define('VALUE_OPTIONAL', 2); 338 339 /** 340 * VALUE_DEFAULT - if the parameter is not supplied, then the default value is used 341 */ 342 define('VALUE_DEFAULT', 0); 343 344 /** 345 * NULL_NOT_ALLOWED - the parameter can not be set to null in the database 346 */ 347 define('NULL_NOT_ALLOWED', false); 348 349 /** 350 * NULL_ALLOWED - the parameter can be set to null in the database 351 */ 352 define('NULL_ALLOWED', true); 353 354 // Page types. 355 356 /** 357 * PAGE_COURSE_VIEW is a definition of a page type. For more information on the page class see moodle/lib/pagelib.php. 358 */ 359 define('PAGE_COURSE_VIEW', 'course-view'); 360 361 /** Get remote addr constant */ 362 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP', '1'); 363 /** Get remote addr constant */ 364 define('GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR', '2'); 365 366 // Blog access level constant declaration. 367 define ('BLOG_USER_LEVEL', 1); 368 define ('BLOG_GROUP_LEVEL', 2); 369 define ('BLOG_COURSE_LEVEL', 3); 370 define ('BLOG_SITE_LEVEL', 4); 371 define ('BLOG_GLOBAL_LEVEL', 5); 372 373 374 // Tag constants. 375 /** 376 * To prevent problems with multibytes strings,Flag updating in nav not working on the review page. this should not exceed the 377 * length of "varchar(255) / 3 (bytes / utf-8 character) = 85". 378 * TODO: this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-) 379 * 380 * @todo define(TAG_MAX_LENGTH) this is not correct, varchar(255) are 255 unicode chars ;-) 381 */ 382 define('TAG_MAX_LENGTH', 50); 383 384 // Password policy constants. 385 define ('PASSWORD_LOWER', 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'); 386 define ('PASSWORD_UPPER', 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'); 387 define ('PASSWORD_DIGITS', '0123456789'); 388 define ('PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM', '.,;:!?_-+/*@#&$'); 389 390 // Feature constants. 391 // Used for plugin_supports() to report features that are, or are not, supported by a module. 392 393 /** True if module can provide a grade */ 394 define('FEATURE_GRADE_HAS_GRADE', 'grade_has_grade'); 395 /** True if module supports outcomes */ 396 define('FEATURE_GRADE_OUTCOMES', 'outcomes'); 397 /** True if module supports advanced grading methods */ 398 define('FEATURE_ADVANCED_GRADING', 'grade_advanced_grading'); 399 /** True if module controls the grade visibility over the gradebook */ 400 define('FEATURE_CONTROLS_GRADE_VISIBILITY', 'controlsgradevisbility'); 401 /** True if module supports plagiarism plugins */ 402 define('FEATURE_PLAGIARISM', 'plagiarism'); 403 404 /** True if module has code to track whether somebody viewed it */ 405 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_TRACKS_VIEWS', 'completion_tracks_views'); 406 /** True if module has custom completion rules */ 407 define('FEATURE_COMPLETION_HAS_RULES', 'completion_has_rules'); 408 409 /** True if module has no 'view' page (like label) */ 410 define('FEATURE_NO_VIEW_LINK', 'viewlink'); 411 /** True if module supports outcomes */ 412 define('FEATURE_IDNUMBER', 'idnumber'); 413 /** True if module supports groups */ 414 define('FEATURE_GROUPS', 'groups'); 415 /** True if module supports groupings */ 416 define('FEATURE_GROUPINGS', 'groupings'); 417 /** 418 * True if module supports groupmembersonly (which no longer exists) 419 * @deprecated Since Moodle 2.8 420 */ 421 define('FEATURE_GROUPMEMBERSONLY', 'groupmembersonly'); 422 423 /** Type of module */ 424 define('FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE', 'mod_archetype'); 425 /** True if module supports intro editor */ 426 define('FEATURE_MOD_INTRO', 'mod_intro'); 427 /** True if module has default completion */ 428 define('FEATURE_MODEDIT_DEFAULT_COMPLETION', 'modedit_default_completion'); 429 430 define('FEATURE_COMMENT', 'comment'); 431 432 define('FEATURE_RATE', 'rate'); 433 /** True if module supports backup/restore of moodle2 format */ 434 define('FEATURE_BACKUP_MOODLE2', 'backup_moodle2'); 435 436 /** True if module can show description on course main page */ 437 define('FEATURE_SHOW_DESCRIPTION', 'showdescription'); 438 439 /** True if module uses the question bank */ 440 define('FEATURE_USES_QUESTIONS', 'usesquestions'); 441 442 /** Unspecified module archetype */ 443 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_OTHER', 0); 444 /** Resource-like type module */ 445 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_RESOURCE', 1); 446 /** Assignment module archetype */ 447 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_ASSIGNMENT', 2); 448 /** System (not user-addable) module archetype */ 449 define('MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM', 3); 450 451 /** Return this from modname_get_types callback to use default display in activity chooser */ 452 define('MOD_SUBTYPE_NO_CHILDREN', 'modsubtypenochildren'); 453 454 /** 455 * Security token used for allowing access 456 * from external application such as web services. 457 * Scripts do not use any session, performance is relatively 458 * low because we need to load access info in each request. 459 * Scripts are executed in parallel. 460 */ 461 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_PERMANENT', 0); 462 463 /** 464 * Security token used for allowing access 465 * of embedded applications, the code is executed in the 466 * active user session. Token is invalidated after user logs out. 467 * Scripts are executed serially - normal session locking is used. 468 */ 469 define('EXTERNAL_TOKEN_EMBEDDED', 1); 470 471 /** 472 * The home page should be the site home 473 */ 474 define('HOMEPAGE_SITE', 0); 475 /** 476 * The home page should be the users my page 477 */ 478 define('HOMEPAGE_MY', 1); 479 /** 480 * The home page can be chosen by the user 481 */ 482 define('HOMEPAGE_USER', 2); 483 484 /** 485 * Hub directory url (should be moodle.org) 486 */ 487 define('HUB_HUBDIRECTORYURL', "http://hubdirectory.moodle.org"); 488 489 490 /** 491 * Moodle.org url (should be moodle.org) 492 */ 493 define('HUB_MOODLEORGHUBURL', "http://hub.moodle.org"); 494 495 /** 496 * Moodle mobile app service name 497 */ 498 define('MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE', 'moodle_mobile_app'); 499 500 /** 501 * Indicates the user has the capabilities required to ignore activity and course file size restrictions 502 */ 503 define('USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS', -1); 504 505 /** 506 * Course display settings: display all sections on one page. 507 */ 508 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_SINGLEPAGE', 0); 509 /** 510 * Course display settings: split pages into a page per section. 511 */ 512 define('COURSE_DISPLAY_MULTIPAGE', 1); 513 514 /** 515 * Authentication constant: String used in password field when password is not stored. 516 */ 517 define('AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED', 'not cached'); 518 519 // PARAMETER HANDLING. 520 521 /** 522 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from 523 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is 524 * thrown because we require this variable. 525 * 526 * This function should be used to initialise all required values 527 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 528 * used like this: 529 * $id = required_param('id', PARAM_INT); 530 * 531 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array. 532 * 533 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 534 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 535 * @return mixed 536 * @throws coding_exception 537 */ 538 function required_param($parname, $type) { 539 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 540 throw new coding_exception('required_param() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 541 } 542 // POST has precedence. 543 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 544 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 545 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 546 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 547 } else { 548 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 549 } 550 551 if (is_array($param)) { 552 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname); 553 // TODO: switch to fatal error in Moodle 2.3. 554 return required_param_array($parname, $type); 555 } 556 557 return clean_param($param, $type); 558 } 559 560 /** 561 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from 562 * POST or GET. If the parameter doesn't exist then an error is 563 * thrown because we require this variable. 564 * 565 * This function should be used to initialise all required values 566 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 567 * used like this: 568 * $ids = required_param_array('ids', PARAM_INT); 569 * 570 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported 571 * 572 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 573 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 574 * @return array 575 * @throws coding_exception 576 */ 577 function required_param_array($parname, $type) { 578 if (func_num_args() != 2 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 579 throw new coding_exception('required_param_array() requires $parname and $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 580 } 581 // POST has precedence. 582 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 583 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 584 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 585 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 586 } else { 587 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 588 } 589 if (!is_array($param)) { 590 print_error('missingparam', '', '', $parname); 591 } 592 593 $result = array(); 594 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 595 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) { 596 debugging('Invalid key name in required_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname); 597 continue; 598 } 599 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 600 } 601 602 return $result; 603 } 604 605 /** 606 * Returns a particular value for the named variable, taken from 607 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default. 608 * 609 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values 610 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 611 * used like this: 612 * $name = optional_param('name', 'Fred', PARAM_TEXT); 613 * 614 * Please note the $type parameter is now required and the value can not be array. 615 * 616 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 617 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found 618 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 619 * @return mixed 620 * @throws coding_exception 621 */ 622 function optional_param($parname, $default, $type) { 623 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 624 throw new coding_exception('optional_param requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 625 } 626 if (!isset($default)) { 627 $default = null; 628 } 629 630 // POST has precedence. 631 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 632 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 633 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 634 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 635 } else { 636 return $default; 637 } 638 639 if (is_array($param)) { 640 debugging('Invalid array parameter detected in required_param(): '.$parname); 641 // TODO: switch to $default in Moodle 2.3. 642 return optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type); 643 } 644 645 return clean_param($param, $type); 646 } 647 648 /** 649 * Returns a particular array value for the named variable, taken from 650 * POST or GET, otherwise returning a given default. 651 * 652 * This function should be used to initialise all optional values 653 * in a script that are based on parameters. Usually it will be 654 * used like this: 655 * $ids = optional_param('id', array(), PARAM_INT); 656 * 657 * Note: arrays of arrays are not supported, only alphanumeric keys with _ and - are supported 658 * 659 * @param string $parname the name of the page parameter we want 660 * @param mixed $default the default value to return if nothing is found 661 * @param string $type expected type of parameter 662 * @return array 663 * @throws coding_exception 664 */ 665 function optional_param_array($parname, $default, $type) { 666 if (func_num_args() != 3 or empty($parname) or empty($type)) { 667 throw new coding_exception('optional_param_array requires $parname, $default + $type to be specified (parameter: '.$parname.')'); 668 } 669 670 // POST has precedence. 671 if (isset($_POST[$parname])) { 672 $param = $_POST[$parname]; 673 } else if (isset($_GET[$parname])) { 674 $param = $_GET[$parname]; 675 } else { 676 return $default; 677 } 678 if (!is_array($param)) { 679 debugging('optional_param_array() expects array parameters only: '.$parname); 680 return $default; 681 } 682 683 $result = array(); 684 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 685 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z0-9_-]+$/i', $key)) { 686 debugging('Invalid key name in optional_param_array() detected: '.$key.', parameter: '.$parname); 687 continue; 688 } 689 $result[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 690 } 691 692 return $result; 693 } 694 695 /** 696 * Strict validation of parameter values, the values are only converted 697 * to requested PHP type. Internally it is using clean_param, the values 698 * before and after cleaning must be equal - otherwise 699 * an invalid_parameter_exception is thrown. 700 * Objects and classes are not accepted. 701 * 702 * @param mixed $param 703 * @param string $type PARAM_ constant 704 * @param bool $allownull are nulls valid value? 705 * @param string $debuginfo optional debug information 706 * @return mixed the $param value converted to PHP type 707 * @throws invalid_parameter_exception if $param is not of given type 708 */ 709 function validate_param($param, $type, $allownull=NULL_NOT_ALLOWED, $debuginfo='') { 710 if (is_null($param)) { 711 if ($allownull == NULL_ALLOWED) { 712 return null; 713 } else { 714 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 715 } 716 } 717 if (is_array($param) or is_object($param)) { 718 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 719 } 720 721 $cleaned = clean_param($param, $type); 722 723 if ($type == PARAM_FLOAT) { 724 // Do not detect precision loss here. 725 if (is_float($param) or is_int($param)) { 726 // These always fit. 727 } else if (!is_numeric($param) or !preg_match('/^[\+-]?[0-9]*\.?[0-9]*(e[-+]?[0-9]+)?$/i', (string)$param)) { 728 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 729 } 730 } else if ((string)$param !== (string)$cleaned) { 731 // Conversion to string is usually lossless. 732 throw new invalid_parameter_exception($debuginfo); 733 } 734 735 return $cleaned; 736 } 737 738 /** 739 * Makes sure array contains only the allowed types, this function does not validate array key names! 740 * 741 * <code> 742 * $options = clean_param($options, PARAM_INT); 743 * </code> 744 * 745 * @param array $param the variable array we are cleaning 746 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning. 747 * @param bool $recursive clean recursive arrays 748 * @return array 749 * @throws coding_exception 750 */ 751 function clean_param_array(array $param = null, $type, $recursive = false) { 752 // Convert null to empty array. 753 $param = (array)$param; 754 foreach ($param as $key => $value) { 755 if (is_array($value)) { 756 if ($recursive) { 757 $param[$key] = clean_param_array($value, $type, true); 758 } else { 759 throw new coding_exception('clean_param_array can not process multidimensional arrays when $recursive is false.'); 760 } 761 } else { 762 $param[$key] = clean_param($value, $type); 763 } 764 } 765 return $param; 766 } 767 768 /** 769 * Used by {@link optional_param()} and {@link required_param()} to 770 * clean the variables and/or cast to specific types, based on 771 * an options field. 772 * <code> 773 * $course->format = clean_param($course->format, PARAM_ALPHA); 774 * $selectedgradeitem = clean_param($selectedgradeitem, PARAM_INT); 775 * </code> 776 * 777 * @param mixed $param the variable we are cleaning 778 * @param string $type expected format of param after cleaning. 779 * @return mixed 780 * @throws coding_exception 781 */ 782 function clean_param($param, $type) { 783 global $CFG; 784 785 if (is_array($param)) { 786 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process arrays, please use clean_param_array() instead.'); 787 } else if (is_object($param)) { 788 if (method_exists($param, '__toString')) { 789 $param = $param->__toString(); 790 } else { 791 throw new coding_exception('clean_param() can not process objects, please use clean_param_array() instead.'); 792 } 793 } 794 795 switch ($type) { 796 case PARAM_RAW: 797 // No cleaning at all. 798 $param = fix_utf8($param); 799 return $param; 800 801 case PARAM_RAW_TRIMMED: 802 // No cleaning, but strip leading and trailing whitespace. 803 $param = fix_utf8($param); 804 return trim($param); 805 806 case PARAM_CLEAN: 807 // General HTML cleaning, try to use more specific type if possible this is deprecated! 808 // Please use more specific type instead. 809 if (is_numeric($param)) { 810 return $param; 811 } 812 $param = fix_utf8($param); 813 // Sweep for scripts, etc. 814 return clean_text($param); 815 816 case PARAM_CLEANHTML: 817 // Clean html fragment. 818 $param = fix_utf8($param); 819 // Sweep for scripts, etc. 820 $param = clean_text($param, FORMAT_HTML); 821 return trim($param); 822 823 case PARAM_INT: 824 // Convert to integer. 825 return (int)$param; 826 827 case PARAM_FLOAT: 828 // Convert to float. 829 return (float)$param; 830 831 case PARAM_ALPHA: 832 // Remove everything not `a-z`. 833 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z]/i', '', $param); 834 835 case PARAM_ALPHAEXT: 836 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z_-` (originally allowed "/" too). 837 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z_-]/i', '', $param); 838 839 case PARAM_ALPHANUM: 840 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9`. 841 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9]/i', '', $param); 842 843 case PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT: 844 // Remove everything not `a-zA-Z0-9_-`. 845 return preg_replace('/[^A-Za-z0-9_-]/i', '', $param); 846 847 case PARAM_SEQUENCE: 848 // Remove everything not `0-9,`. 849 return preg_replace('/[^0-9,]/i', '', $param); 850 851 case PARAM_BOOL: 852 // Convert to 1 or 0. 853 $tempstr = strtolower($param); 854 if ($tempstr === 'on' or $tempstr === 'yes' or $tempstr === 'true') { 855 $param = 1; 856 } else if ($tempstr === 'off' or $tempstr === 'no' or $tempstr === 'false') { 857 $param = 0; 858 } else { 859 $param = empty($param) ? 0 : 1; 860 } 861 return $param; 862 863 case PARAM_NOTAGS: 864 // Strip all tags. 865 $param = fix_utf8($param); 866 return strip_tags($param); 867 868 case PARAM_TEXT: 869 // Leave only tags needed for multilang. 870 $param = fix_utf8($param); 871 // If the multilang syntax is not correct we strip all tags because it would break xhtml strict which is required 872 // for accessibility standards please note this cleaning does not strip unbalanced '>' for BC compatibility reasons. 873 do { 874 if (strpos($param, '</lang>') !== false) { 875 // Old and future mutilang syntax. 876 $param = strip_tags($param, '<lang>'); 877 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) { 878 break; 879 } 880 $open = false; 881 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) { 882 if ($match === '</lang>') { 883 if ($open) { 884 $open = false; 885 continue; 886 } else { 887 break 2; 888 } 889 } 890 if (!preg_match('/^<lang lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"\s*>$/u', $match)) { 891 break 2; 892 } else { 893 $open = true; 894 } 895 } 896 if ($open) { 897 break; 898 } 899 return $param; 900 901 } else if (strpos($param, '</span>') !== false) { 902 // Current problematic multilang syntax. 903 $param = strip_tags($param, '<span>'); 904 if (!preg_match_all('/<.*>/suU', $param, $matches)) { 905 break; 906 } 907 $open = false; 908 foreach ($matches[0] as $match) { 909 if ($match === '</span>') { 910 if ($open) { 911 $open = false; 912 continue; 913 } else { 914 break 2; 915 } 916 } 917 if (!preg_match('/^<span(\s+lang="[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+"|\s+class="multilang"){2}\s*>$/u', $match)) { 918 break 2; 919 } else { 920 $open = true; 921 } 922 } 923 if ($open) { 924 break; 925 } 926 return $param; 927 } 928 } while (false); 929 // Easy, just strip all tags, if we ever want to fix orphaned '&' we have to do that in format_string(). 930 return strip_tags($param); 931 932 case PARAM_COMPONENT: 933 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not 934 // please note only normalised component names are accepted. 935 if (!preg_match('/^[a-z]+(_[a-z][a-z0-9_]*)?[a-z0-9]+$/', $param)) { 936 return ''; 937 } 938 if (strpos($param, '__') !== false) { 939 return ''; 940 } 941 if (strpos($param, 'mod_') === 0) { 942 // Module names must not contain underscores because we need to differentiate them from invalid plugin types. 943 if (substr_count($param, '_') != 1) { 944 return ''; 945 } 946 } 947 return $param; 948 949 case PARAM_PLUGIN: 950 case PARAM_AREA: 951 // We do not want any guessing here, either the name is correct or not. 952 if (!is_valid_plugin_name($param)) { 953 return ''; 954 } 955 return $param; 956 957 case PARAM_SAFEDIR: 958 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9_- . 959 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]/i', '', $param); 960 961 case PARAM_SAFEPATH: 962 // Remove everything not a-zA-Z0-9/_- . 963 return preg_replace('/[^a-zA-Z0-9\/_-]/i', '', $param); 964 965 case PARAM_FILE: 966 // Strip all suspicious characters from filename. 967 $param = fix_utf8($param); 968 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[&<>"`\|\':\\\\/]~u', '', $param); 969 if ($param === '.' || $param === '..') { 970 $param = ''; 971 } 972 return $param; 973 974 case PARAM_PATH: 975 // Strip all suspicious characters from file path. 976 $param = fix_utf8($param); 977 $param = str_replace('\\', '/', $param); 978 979 // Explode the path and clean each element using the PARAM_FILE rules. 980 $breadcrumb = explode('/', $param); 981 foreach ($breadcrumb as $key => $crumb) { 982 if ($crumb === '.' && $key === 0) { 983 // Special condition to allow for relative current path such as ./currentdirfile.txt. 984 } else { 985 $crumb = clean_param($crumb, PARAM_FILE); 986 } 987 $breadcrumb[$key] = $crumb; 988 } 989 $param = implode('/', $breadcrumb); 990 991 // Remove multiple current path (./././) and multiple slashes (///). 992 $param = preg_replace('~//+~', '/', $param); 993 $param = preg_replace('~/(\./)+~', '/', $param); 994 return $param; 995 996 case PARAM_HOST: 997 // Allow FQDN or IPv4 dotted quad. 998 $param = preg_replace('/[^\.\d\w-]/', '', $param ); 999 // Match ipv4 dotted quad. 1000 if (preg_match('/(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})/', $param, $match)) { 1001 // Confirm values are ok. 1002 if ( $match[0] > 255 1003 || $match[1] > 255 1004 || $match[3] > 255 1005 || $match[4] > 255 ) { 1006 // Hmmm, what kind of dotted quad is this? 1007 $param = ''; 1008 } 1009 } else if ( preg_match('/^[\w\d\.-]+$/', $param) // Dots, hyphens, numbers. 1010 && !preg_match('/^[\.-]/', $param) // No leading dots/hyphens. 1011 && !preg_match('/[\.-]$/', $param) // No trailing dots/hyphens. 1012 ) { 1013 // All is ok - $param is respected. 1014 } else { 1015 // All is not ok... 1016 $param=''; 1017 } 1018 return $param; 1019 1020 case PARAM_URL: // Allow safe ftp, http, mailto urls. 1021 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1022 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/lib/validateurlsyntax.php'); 1023 if (!empty($param) && validateUrlSyntax($param, 's?H?S?F?E?u-P-a?I?p?f?q?r?')) { 1024 // All is ok, param is respected. 1025 } else { 1026 // Not really ok. 1027 $param =''; 1028 } 1029 return $param; 1030 1031 case PARAM_LOCALURL: 1032 // Allow http absolute, root relative and relative URLs within wwwroot. 1033 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_URL); 1034 if (!empty($param)) { 1035 if (preg_match(':^/:', $param)) { 1036 // Root-relative, ok! 1037 } else if (preg_match('/^'.preg_quote($CFG->wwwroot, '/').'/i', $param)) { 1038 // Absolute, and matches our wwwroot. 1039 } else { 1040 // Relative - let's make sure there are no tricks. 1041 if (validateUrlSyntax('/' . $param, 's-u-P-a-p-f+q?r?')) { 1042 // Looks ok. 1043 } else { 1044 $param = ''; 1045 } 1046 } 1047 } 1048 return $param; 1049 1050 case PARAM_PEM: 1051 $param = trim($param); 1052 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols: 1053 // forward slash: / 1054 // plus sign: + 1055 // equal sign: = 1056 // , surrounded by BEGIN and END CERTIFICATE prefix and suffixes. 1057 if (preg_match('/^-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----([\s\w\/\+=]+)-----END CERTIFICATE-----$/', trim($param), $matches)) { 1058 list($wholething, $body) = $matches; 1059 unset($wholething, $matches); 1060 $b64 = clean_param($body, PARAM_BASE64); 1061 if (!empty($b64)) { 1062 return "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\n$b64\n-----END CERTIFICATE-----\n"; 1063 } else { 1064 return ''; 1065 } 1066 } 1067 return ''; 1068 1069 case PARAM_BASE64: 1070 if (!empty($param)) { 1071 // PEM formatted strings may contain letters/numbers and the symbols 1072 // forward slash: / 1073 // plus sign: + 1074 // equal sign: =. 1075 if (0 >= preg_match('/^([\s\w\/\+=]+)$/', trim($param))) { 1076 return ''; 1077 } 1078 $lines = preg_split('/[\s]+/', $param, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY); 1079 // Each line of base64 encoded data must be 64 characters in length, except for the last line which may be less 1080 // than (or equal to) 64 characters long. 1081 for ($i=0, $j=count($lines); $i < $j; $i++) { 1082 if ($i + 1 == $j) { 1083 if (64 < strlen($lines[$i])) { 1084 return ''; 1085 } 1086 continue; 1087 } 1088 1089 if (64 != strlen($lines[$i])) { 1090 return ''; 1091 } 1092 } 1093 return implode("\n", $lines); 1094 } else { 1095 return ''; 1096 } 1097 1098 case PARAM_TAG: 1099 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1100 // Please note it is not safe to use the tag name directly anywhere, 1101 // it must be processed with s(), urlencode() before embedding anywhere. 1102 // Remove some nasties. 1103 $param = preg_replace('~[[:cntrl:]]|[<>`]~u', '', $param); 1104 // Convert many whitespace chars into one. 1105 $param = preg_replace('/\s+/', ' ', $param); 1106 $param = core_text::substr(trim($param), 0, TAG_MAX_LENGTH); 1107 return $param; 1108 1109 case PARAM_TAGLIST: 1110 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1111 $tags = explode(',', $param); 1112 $result = array(); 1113 foreach ($tags as $tag) { 1114 $res = clean_param($tag, PARAM_TAG); 1115 if ($res !== '') { 1116 $result[] = $res; 1117 } 1118 } 1119 if ($result) { 1120 return implode(',', $result); 1121 } else { 1122 return ''; 1123 } 1124 1125 case PARAM_CAPABILITY: 1126 if (get_capability_info($param)) { 1127 return $param; 1128 } else { 1129 return ''; 1130 } 1131 1132 case PARAM_PERMISSION: 1133 $param = (int)$param; 1134 if (in_array($param, array(CAP_INHERIT, CAP_ALLOW, CAP_PREVENT, CAP_PROHIBIT))) { 1135 return $param; 1136 } else { 1137 return CAP_INHERIT; 1138 } 1139 1140 case PARAM_AUTH: 1141 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN); 1142 if (empty($param)) { 1143 return ''; 1144 } else if (exists_auth_plugin($param)) { 1145 return $param; 1146 } else { 1147 return ''; 1148 } 1149 1150 case PARAM_LANG: 1151 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_SAFEDIR); 1152 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($param)) { 1153 return $param; 1154 } else { 1155 // Specified language is not installed or param malformed. 1156 return ''; 1157 } 1158 1159 case PARAM_THEME: 1160 $param = clean_param($param, PARAM_PLUGIN); 1161 if (empty($param)) { 1162 return ''; 1163 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/theme/$param/config.php")) { 1164 return $param; 1165 } else if (!empty($CFG->themedir) and file_exists("$CFG->themedir/$param/config.php")) { 1166 return $param; 1167 } else { 1168 // Specified theme is not installed. 1169 return ''; 1170 } 1171 1172 case PARAM_USERNAME: 1173 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1174 $param = trim($param); 1175 // Convert uppercase to lowercase MDL-16919. 1176 $param = core_text::strtolower($param); 1177 if (empty($CFG->extendedusernamechars)) { 1178 $param = str_replace(" " , "", $param); 1179 // Regular expression, eliminate all chars EXCEPT: 1180 // alphanum, dash (-), underscore (_), at sign (@) and period (.) characters. 1181 $param = preg_replace('/[^-\.@_a-z0-9]/', '', $param); 1182 } 1183 return $param; 1184 1185 case PARAM_EMAIL: 1186 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1187 if (validate_email($param)) { 1188 return $param; 1189 } else { 1190 return ''; 1191 } 1192 1193 case PARAM_STRINGID: 1194 if (preg_match('|^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9\.:/_-]*$|', $param)) { 1195 return $param; 1196 } else { 1197 return ''; 1198 } 1199 1200 case PARAM_TIMEZONE: 1201 // Can be int, float(with .5 or .0) or string seperated by '/' and can have '-_'. 1202 $param = fix_utf8($param); 1203 $timezonepattern = '/^(([+-]?(0?[0-9](\.[5|0])?|1[0-3](\.0)?|1[0-2]\.5))|(99)|[[:alnum:]]+(\/?[[:alpha:]_-])+)$/'; 1204 if (preg_match($timezonepattern, $param)) { 1205 return $param; 1206 } else { 1207 return ''; 1208 } 1209 1210 default: 1211 // Doh! throw error, switched parameters in optional_param or another serious problem. 1212 print_error("unknownparamtype", '', '', $type); 1213 } 1214 } 1215 1216 /** 1217 * Makes sure the data is using valid utf8, invalid characters are discarded. 1218 * 1219 * Note: this function is not intended for full objects with methods and private properties. 1220 * 1221 * @param mixed $value 1222 * @return mixed with proper utf-8 encoding 1223 */ 1224 function fix_utf8($value) { 1225 if (is_null($value) or $value === '') { 1226 return $value; 1227 1228 } else if (is_string($value)) { 1229 if ((string)(int)$value === $value) { 1230 // Shortcut. 1231 return $value; 1232 } 1233 // No null bytes expected in our data, so let's remove it. 1234 $value = str_replace("\0", '', $value); 1235 1236 // Note: this duplicates min_fix_utf8() intentionally. 1237 static $buggyiconv = null; 1238 if ($buggyiconv === null) { 1239 $buggyiconv = (!function_exists('iconv') or @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', '100'.chr(130).'€') !== '100€'); 1240 } 1241 1242 if ($buggyiconv) { 1243 if (function_exists('mb_convert_encoding')) { 1244 $subst = mb_substitute_character(); 1245 mb_substitute_character(''); 1246 $result = mb_convert_encoding($value, 'utf-8', 'utf-8'); 1247 mb_substitute_character($subst); 1248 1249 } else { 1250 // Warn admins on admin/index.php page. 1251 $result = $value; 1252 } 1253 1254 } else { 1255 $result = @iconv('UTF-8', 'UTF-8//IGNORE', $value); 1256 } 1257 1258 return $result; 1259 1260 } else if (is_array($value)) { 1261 foreach ($value as $k => $v) { 1262 $value[$k] = fix_utf8($v); 1263 } 1264 return $value; 1265 1266 } else if (is_object($value)) { 1267 // Do not modify original. 1268 $value = clone($value); 1269 foreach ($value as $k => $v) { 1270 $value->$k = fix_utf8($v); 1271 } 1272 return $value; 1273 1274 } else { 1275 // This is some other type, no utf-8 here. 1276 return $value; 1277 } 1278 } 1279 1280 /** 1281 * Return true if given value is integer or string with integer value 1282 * 1283 * @param mixed $value String or Int 1284 * @return bool true if number, false if not 1285 */ 1286 function is_number($value) { 1287 if (is_int($value)) { 1288 return true; 1289 } else if (is_string($value)) { 1290 return ((string)(int)$value) === $value; 1291 } else { 1292 return false; 1293 } 1294 } 1295 1296 /** 1297 * Returns host part from url. 1298 * 1299 * @param string $url full url 1300 * @return string host, null if not found 1301 */ 1302 function get_host_from_url($url) { 1303 preg_match('|^[a-z]+://([a-zA-Z0-9-.]+)|i', $url, $matches); 1304 if ($matches) { 1305 return $matches[1]; 1306 } 1307 return null; 1308 } 1309 1310 /** 1311 * Tests whether anything was returned by text editor 1312 * 1313 * This function is useful for testing whether something you got back from 1314 * the HTML editor actually contains anything. Sometimes the HTML editor 1315 * appear to be empty, but actually you get back a <br> tag or something. 1316 * 1317 * @param string $string a string containing HTML. 1318 * @return boolean does the string contain any actual content - that is text, 1319 * images, objects, etc. 1320 */ 1321 function html_is_blank($string) { 1322 return trim(strip_tags($string, '<img><object><applet><input><select><textarea><hr>')) == ''; 1323 } 1324 1325 /** 1326 * Set a key in global configuration 1327 * 1328 * Set a key/value pair in both this session's {@link $CFG} global variable 1329 * and in the 'config' database table for future sessions. 1330 * 1331 * Can also be used to update keys for plugin-scoped configs in config_plugin table. 1332 * In that case it doesn't affect $CFG. 1333 * 1334 * A NULL value will delete the entry. 1335 * 1336 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1337 * 1338 * @param string $name the key to set 1339 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) 1340 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope, default null 1341 * @return bool true or exception 1342 */ 1343 function set_config($name, $value, $plugin=null) { 1344 global $CFG, $DB; 1345 1346 if (empty($plugin)) { 1347 if (!array_key_exists($name, $CFG->config_php_settings)) { 1348 // So it's defined for this invocation at least. 1349 if (is_null($value)) { 1350 unset($CFG->$name); 1351 } else { 1352 // Settings from db are always strings. 1353 $CFG->$name = (string)$value; 1354 } 1355 } 1356 1357 if ($DB->get_field('config', 'name', array('name' => $name))) { 1358 if ($value === null) { 1359 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name)); 1360 } else { 1361 $DB->set_field('config', 'value', $value, array('name' => $name)); 1362 } 1363 } else { 1364 if ($value !== null) { 1365 $config = new stdClass(); 1366 $config->name = $name; 1367 $config->value = $value; 1368 $DB->insert_record('config', $config, false); 1369 } 1370 } 1371 if ($name === 'siteidentifier') { 1372 cache_helper::update_site_identifier($value); 1373 } 1374 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core'); 1375 } else { 1376 // Plugin scope. 1377 if ($id = $DB->get_field('config_plugins', 'id', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin))) { 1378 if ($value===null) { 1379 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin)); 1380 } else { 1381 $DB->set_field('config_plugins', 'value', $value, array('id' => $id)); 1382 } 1383 } else { 1384 if ($value !== null) { 1385 $config = new stdClass(); 1386 $config->plugin = $plugin; 1387 $config->name = $name; 1388 $config->value = $value; 1389 $DB->insert_record('config_plugins', $config, false); 1390 } 1391 } 1392 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin); 1393 } 1394 1395 return true; 1396 } 1397 1398 /** 1399 * Get configuration values from the global config table 1400 * or the config_plugins table. 1401 * 1402 * If called with one parameter, it will load all the config 1403 * variables for one plugin, and return them as an object. 1404 * 1405 * If called with 2 parameters it will return a string single 1406 * value or false if the value is not found. 1407 * 1408 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1409 * 1410 * @static string|false $siteidentifier The site identifier is not cached. We use this static cache so 1411 * that we need only fetch it once per request. 1412 * @param string $plugin full component name 1413 * @param string $name default null 1414 * @return mixed hash-like object or single value, return false no config found 1415 * @throws dml_exception 1416 */ 1417 function get_config($plugin, $name = null) { 1418 global $CFG, $DB; 1419 1420 static $siteidentifier = null; 1421 1422 if ($plugin === 'moodle' || $plugin === 'core' || empty($plugin)) { 1423 $forced =& $CFG->config_php_settings; 1424 $iscore = true; 1425 $plugin = 'core'; 1426 } else { 1427 if (array_key_exists($plugin, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings)) { 1428 $forced =& $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$plugin]; 1429 } else { 1430 $forced = array(); 1431 } 1432 $iscore = false; 1433 } 1434 1435 if ($siteidentifier === null) { 1436 try { 1437 // This may fail during installation. 1438 // If you have a look at {@link initialise_cfg()} you will see that this is how we detect the need to 1439 // install the database. 1440 $siteidentifier = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name' => 'siteidentifier')); 1441 } catch (dml_exception $ex) { 1442 // Set siteidentifier to false. We don't want to trip this continually. 1443 $siteidentifier = false; 1444 throw $ex; 1445 } 1446 } 1447 1448 if (!empty($name)) { 1449 if (array_key_exists($name, $forced)) { 1450 return (string)$forced[$name]; 1451 } else if ($name === 'siteidentifier' && $plugin == 'core') { 1452 return $siteidentifier; 1453 } 1454 } 1455 1456 $cache = cache::make('core', 'config'); 1457 $result = $cache->get($plugin); 1458 if ($result === false) { 1459 // The user is after a recordset. 1460 if (!$iscore) { 1461 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin), '', 'name,value'); 1462 } else { 1463 // This part is not really used any more, but anyway... 1464 $result = $DB->get_records_menu('config', array(), '', 'name,value');; 1465 } 1466 $cache->set($plugin, $result); 1467 } 1468 1469 if (!empty($name)) { 1470 if (array_key_exists($name, $result)) { 1471 return $result[$name]; 1472 } 1473 return false; 1474 } 1475 1476 if ($plugin === 'core') { 1477 $result['siteidentifier'] = $siteidentifier; 1478 } 1479 1480 foreach ($forced as $key => $value) { 1481 if (is_null($value) or is_array($value) or is_object($value)) { 1482 // We do not want any extra mess here, just real settings that could be saved in db. 1483 unset($result[$key]); 1484 } else { 1485 // Convert to string as if it went through the DB. 1486 $result[$key] = (string)$value; 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 return (object)$result; 1491 } 1492 1493 /** 1494 * Removes a key from global configuration. 1495 * 1496 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1497 * 1498 * @param string $name the key to set 1499 * @param string $plugin (optional) the plugin scope 1500 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded. 1501 */ 1502 function unset_config($name, $plugin=null) { 1503 global $CFG, $DB; 1504 1505 if (empty($plugin)) { 1506 unset($CFG->$name); 1507 $DB->delete_records('config', array('name' => $name)); 1508 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), 'core'); 1509 } else { 1510 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('name' => $name, 'plugin' => $plugin)); 1511 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), $plugin); 1512 } 1513 1514 return true; 1515 } 1516 1517 /** 1518 * Remove all the config variables for a given plugin. 1519 * 1520 * NOTE: this function is called from lib/db/upgrade.php 1521 * 1522 * @param string $plugin a plugin, for example 'quiz' or 'qtype_multichoice'; 1523 * @return boolean whether the operation succeeded. 1524 */ 1525 function unset_all_config_for_plugin($plugin) { 1526 global $DB; 1527 // Delete from the obvious config_plugins first. 1528 $DB->delete_records('config_plugins', array('plugin' => $plugin)); 1529 // Next delete any suspect settings from config. 1530 $like = $DB->sql_like('name', '?', true, true, false, '|'); 1531 $params = array($DB->sql_like_escape($plugin.'_', '|') . '%'); 1532 $DB->delete_records_select('config', $like, $params); 1533 // Finally clear both the plugin cache and the core cache (suspect settings now removed from core). 1534 cache_helper::invalidate_by_definition('core', 'config', array(), array('core', $plugin)); 1535 1536 return true; 1537 } 1538 1539 /** 1540 * Use this function to get a list of users from a config setting of type admin_setting_users_with_capability. 1541 * 1542 * All users are verified if they still have the necessary capability. 1543 * 1544 * @param string $value the value of the config setting. 1545 * @param string $capability the capability - must match the one passed to the admin_setting_users_with_capability constructor. 1546 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators. 1547 * @return array of user objects. 1548 */ 1549 function get_users_from_config($value, $capability, $includeadmins = true) { 1550 if (empty($value) or $value === '$@NONE@$') { 1551 return array(); 1552 } 1553 1554 // We have to make sure that users still have the necessary capability, 1555 // it should be faster to fetch them all first and then test if they are present 1556 // instead of validating them one-by-one. 1557 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system::instance(), $capability); 1558 if ($includeadmins) { 1559 $admins = get_admins(); 1560 foreach ($admins as $admin) { 1561 $users[$admin->id] = $admin; 1562 } 1563 } 1564 1565 if ($value === '$@ALL@$') { 1566 return $users; 1567 } 1568 1569 $result = array(); // Result in correct order. 1570 $allowed = explode(',', $value); 1571 foreach ($allowed as $uid) { 1572 if (isset($users[$uid])) { 1573 $user = $users[$uid]; 1574 $result[$user->id] = $user; 1575 } 1576 } 1577 1578 return $result; 1579 } 1580 1581 1582 /** 1583 * Invalidates browser caches and cached data in temp. 1584 * 1585 * IMPORTANT - If you are adding anything here to do with the cache directory you should also have a look at 1586 * {@link phpunit_util::reset_dataroot()} 1587 * 1588 * @return void 1589 */ 1590 function purge_all_caches() { 1591 global $CFG, $DB; 1592 1593 reset_text_filters_cache(); 1594 js_reset_all_caches(); 1595 theme_reset_all_caches(); 1596 get_string_manager()->reset_caches(); 1597 core_text::reset_caches(); 1598 if (class_exists('core_plugin_manager')) { 1599 core_plugin_manager::reset_caches(); 1600 } 1601 1602 // Bump up cacherev field for all courses. 1603 try { 1604 increment_revision_number('course', 'cacherev', ''); 1605 } catch (moodle_exception $e) { 1606 // Ignore exception since this function is also called before upgrade script when field course.cacherev does not exist yet. 1607 } 1608 1609 $DB->reset_caches(); 1610 cache_helper::purge_all(); 1611 1612 // Purge all other caches: rss, simplepie, etc. 1613 remove_dir($CFG->cachedir.'', true); 1614 1615 // Make sure cache dir is writable, throws exception if not. 1616 make_cache_directory(''); 1617 1618 // This is the only place where we purge local caches, we are only adding files there. 1619 // The $CFG->localcachedirpurged flag forces local directories to be purged on cluster nodes. 1620 remove_dir($CFG->localcachedir, true); 1621 set_config('localcachedirpurged', time()); 1622 make_localcache_directory('', true); 1623 \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches(); 1624 } 1625 1626 /** 1627 * Get volatile flags 1628 * 1629 * @param string $type 1630 * @param int $changedsince default null 1631 * @return array records array 1632 */ 1633 function get_cache_flags($type, $changedsince = null) { 1634 global $DB; 1635 1636 $params = array('type' => $type, 'expiry' => time()); 1637 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND expiry >= :expiry"; 1638 if ($changedsince !== null) { 1639 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince; 1640 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince"; 1641 } 1642 $cf = array(); 1643 if ($flags = $DB->get_records_select('cache_flags', $sqlwhere, $params, '', 'name,value')) { 1644 foreach ($flags as $flag) { 1645 $cf[$flag->name] = $flag->value; 1646 } 1647 } 1648 return $cf; 1649 } 1650 1651 /** 1652 * Get volatile flags 1653 * 1654 * @param string $type 1655 * @param string $name 1656 * @param int $changedsince default null 1657 * @return string|false The cache flag value or false 1658 */ 1659 function get_cache_flag($type, $name, $changedsince=null) { 1660 global $DB; 1661 1662 $params = array('type' => $type, 'name' => $name, 'expiry' => time()); 1663 1664 $sqlwhere = "flagtype = :type AND name = :name AND expiry >= :expiry"; 1665 if ($changedsince !== null) { 1666 $params['changedsince'] = $changedsince; 1667 $sqlwhere .= " AND timemodified > :changedsince"; 1668 } 1669 1670 return $DB->get_field_select('cache_flags', 'value', $sqlwhere, $params); 1671 } 1672 1673 /** 1674 * Set a volatile flag 1675 * 1676 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key 1677 * @param string $name the key to set 1678 * @param string $value the value to set (without magic quotes) - null will remove the flag 1679 * @param int $expiry (optional) epoch indicating expiry - defaults to now()+ 24hs 1680 * @return bool Always returns true 1681 */ 1682 function set_cache_flag($type, $name, $value, $expiry = null) { 1683 global $DB; 1684 1685 $timemodified = time(); 1686 if ($expiry === null || $expiry < $timemodified) { 1687 $expiry = $timemodified + 24 * 60 * 60; 1688 } else { 1689 $expiry = (int)$expiry; 1690 } 1691 1692 if ($value === null) { 1693 unset_cache_flag($type, $name); 1694 return true; 1695 } 1696 1697 if ($f = $DB->get_record('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type), '*', IGNORE_MULTIPLE)) { 1698 // This is a potential problem in DEBUG_DEVELOPER. 1699 if ($f->value == $value and $f->expiry == $expiry and $f->timemodified == $timemodified) { 1700 return true; // No need to update. 1701 } 1702 $f->value = $value; 1703 $f->expiry = $expiry; 1704 $f->timemodified = $timemodified; 1705 $DB->update_record('cache_flags', $f); 1706 } else { 1707 $f = new stdClass(); 1708 $f->flagtype = $type; 1709 $f->name = $name; 1710 $f->value = $value; 1711 $f->expiry = $expiry; 1712 $f->timemodified = $timemodified; 1713 $DB->insert_record('cache_flags', $f); 1714 } 1715 return true; 1716 } 1717 1718 /** 1719 * Removes a single volatile flag 1720 * 1721 * @param string $type the "type" namespace for the key 1722 * @param string $name the key to set 1723 * @return bool 1724 */ 1725 function unset_cache_flag($type, $name) { 1726 global $DB; 1727 $DB->delete_records('cache_flags', array('name' => $name, 'flagtype' => $type)); 1728 return true; 1729 } 1730 1731 /** 1732 * Garbage-collect volatile flags 1733 * 1734 * @return bool Always returns true 1735 */ 1736 function gc_cache_flags() { 1737 global $DB; 1738 $DB->delete_records_select('cache_flags', 'expiry < ?', array(time())); 1739 return true; 1740 } 1741 1742 // USER PREFERENCE API. 1743 1744 /** 1745 * Refresh user preference cache. This is used most often for $USER 1746 * object that is stored in session, but it also helps with performance in cron script. 1747 * 1748 * Preferences for each user are loaded on first use on every page, then again after the timeout expires. 1749 * 1750 * @package core 1751 * @category preference 1752 * @access public 1753 * @param stdClass $user User object. Preferences are preloaded into 'preference' property 1754 * @param int $cachelifetime Cache life time on the current page (in seconds) 1755 * @throws coding_exception 1756 * @return null 1757 */ 1758 function check_user_preferences_loaded(stdClass $user, $cachelifetime = 120) { 1759 global $DB; 1760 // Static cache, we need to check on each page load, not only every 2 minutes. 1761 static $loadedusers = array(); 1762 1763 if (!isset($user->id)) { 1764 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in check_user_preferences_loaded() call, missing id field'); 1765 } 1766 1767 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 1768 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest. 1769 if (!isset($user->preference)) { 1770 $user->preference = array(); 1771 } 1772 return; 1773 } 1774 1775 $timenow = time(); 1776 1777 if (isset($loadedusers[$user->id]) and isset($user->preference) and isset($user->preference['_lastloaded'])) { 1778 // Already loaded at least once on this page. Are we up to date? 1779 if ($user->preference['_lastloaded'] + $cachelifetime > $timenow) { 1780 // No need to reload - we are on the same page and we loaded prefs just a moment ago. 1781 return; 1782 1783 } else if (!get_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $user->id, $user->preference['_lastloaded'])) { 1784 // No change since the lastcheck on this page. 1785 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow; 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 } 1789 1790 // OK, so we have to reload all preferences. 1791 $loadedusers[$user->id] = true; 1792 $user->preference = $DB->get_records_menu('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id), '', 'name,value'); // All values. 1793 $user->preference['_lastloaded'] = $timenow; 1794 } 1795 1796 /** 1797 * Called from set/unset_user_preferences, so that the prefs can be correctly reloaded in different sessions. 1798 * 1799 * NOTE: internal function, do not call from other code. 1800 * 1801 * @package core 1802 * @access private 1803 * @param integer $userid the user whose prefs were changed. 1804 */ 1805 function mark_user_preferences_changed($userid) { 1806 global $CFG; 1807 1808 if (empty($userid) or isguestuser($userid)) { 1809 // No cache flags for guest and not-logged-in users. 1810 return; 1811 } 1812 1813 set_cache_flag('userpreferenceschanged', $userid, 1, time() + $CFG->sessiontimeout); 1814 } 1815 1816 /** 1817 * Sets a preference for the specified user. 1818 * 1819 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 1820 * 1821 * @package core 1822 * @category preference 1823 * @access public 1824 * @param string $name The key to set as preference for the specified user 1825 * @param string $value The value to set for the $name key in the specified user's 1826 * record, null means delete current value. 1827 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 1828 * @throws coding_exception 1829 * @return bool Always true or exception 1830 */ 1831 function set_user_preference($name, $value, $user = null) { 1832 global $USER, $DB; 1833 1834 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 1835 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in set_user_preference() call'); 1836 } 1837 1838 if (is_null($value)) { 1839 // Null means delete current. 1840 return unset_user_preference($name, $user); 1841 } else if (is_object($value)) { 1842 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, objects are not allowed'); 1843 } else if (is_array($value)) { 1844 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, arrays are not allowed'); 1845 } 1846 // Value column maximum length is 1333 characters. 1847 $value = (string)$value; 1848 if (core_text::strlen($value) > 1333) { 1849 throw new coding_exception('Invalid value in set_user_preference() call, value is is too long for the value column'); 1850 } 1851 1852 if (is_null($user)) { 1853 $user = $USER; 1854 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 1855 // It is a valid object. 1856 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 1857 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 1858 } else { 1859 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in set_user_preference() call'); 1860 } 1861 1862 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 1863 1864 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 1865 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in users and guest. 1866 $user->preference[$name] = $value; 1867 return true; 1868 } 1869 1870 if ($preference = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name))) { 1871 if ($preference->value === $value and isset($user->preference[$name]) and $user->preference[$name] === $value) { 1872 // Preference already set to this value. 1873 return true; 1874 } 1875 $DB->set_field('user_preferences', 'value', $value, array('id' => $preference->id)); 1876 1877 } else { 1878 $preference = new stdClass(); 1879 $preference->userid = $user->id; 1880 $preference->name = $name; 1881 $preference->value = $value; 1882 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $preference); 1883 } 1884 1885 // Update value in cache. 1886 $user->preference[$name] = $value; 1887 1888 // Set reload flag for other sessions. 1889 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id); 1890 1891 return true; 1892 } 1893 1894 /** 1895 * Sets a whole array of preferences for the current user 1896 * 1897 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 1898 * 1899 * @package core 1900 * @category preference 1901 * @access public 1902 * @param array $prefarray An array of key/value pairs to be set 1903 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 1904 * @return bool Always true or exception 1905 */ 1906 function set_user_preferences(array $prefarray, $user = null) { 1907 foreach ($prefarray as $name => $value) { 1908 set_user_preference($name, $value, $user); 1909 } 1910 return true; 1911 } 1912 1913 /** 1914 * Unsets a preference completely by deleting it from the database 1915 * 1916 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 1917 * 1918 * @package core 1919 * @category preference 1920 * @access public 1921 * @param string $name The key to unset as preference for the specified user 1922 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 1923 * @throws coding_exception 1924 * @return bool Always true or exception 1925 */ 1926 function unset_user_preference($name, $user = null) { 1927 global $USER, $DB; 1928 1929 if (empty($name) or is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 1930 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in unset_user_preference() call'); 1931 } 1932 1933 if (is_null($user)) { 1934 $user = $USER; 1935 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 1936 // It is a valid object. 1937 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 1938 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 1939 } else { 1940 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in unset_user_preference() call'); 1941 } 1942 1943 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 1944 1945 if (empty($user->id) or isguestuser($user->id)) { 1946 // No permanent storage for not-logged-in user and guest. 1947 unset($user->preference[$name]); 1948 return true; 1949 } 1950 1951 // Delete from DB. 1952 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => $name)); 1953 1954 // Delete the preference from cache. 1955 unset($user->preference[$name]); 1956 1957 // Set reload flag for other sessions. 1958 mark_user_preferences_changed($user->id); 1959 1960 return true; 1961 } 1962 1963 /** 1964 * Used to fetch user preference(s) 1965 * 1966 * If no arguments are supplied this function will return 1967 * all of the current user preferences as an array. 1968 * 1969 * If a name is specified then this function 1970 * attempts to return that particular preference value. If 1971 * none is found, then the optional value $default is returned, 1972 * otherwise null. 1973 * 1974 * If a $user object is submitted it's 'preference' property is used for the preferences cache. 1975 * 1976 * @package core 1977 * @category preference 1978 * @access public 1979 * @param string $name Name of the key to use in finding a preference value 1980 * @param mixed|null $default Value to be returned if the $name key is not set in the user preferences 1981 * @param stdClass|int|null $user A moodle user object or id, null means current user 1982 * @throws coding_exception 1983 * @return string|mixed|null A string containing the value of a single preference. An 1984 * array with all of the preferences or null 1985 */ 1986 function get_user_preferences($name = null, $default = null, $user = null) { 1987 global $USER; 1988 1989 if (is_null($name)) { 1990 // All prefs. 1991 } else if (is_numeric($name) or $name === '_lastloaded') { 1992 throw new coding_exception('Invalid preference name in get_user_preferences() call'); 1993 } 1994 1995 if (is_null($user)) { 1996 $user = $USER; 1997 } else if (isset($user->id)) { 1998 // Is a valid object. 1999 } else if (is_numeric($user)) { 2000 $user = (object)array('id' => (int)$user); 2001 } else { 2002 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in get_user_preferences() call'); 2003 } 2004 2005 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 2006 2007 if (empty($name)) { 2008 // All values. 2009 return $user->preference; 2010 } else if (isset($user->preference[$name])) { 2011 // The single string value. 2012 return $user->preference[$name]; 2013 } else { 2014 // Default value (null if not specified). 2015 return $default; 2016 } 2017 } 2018 2019 // FUNCTIONS FOR HANDLING TIME. 2020 2021 /** 2022 * Given date parts in user time produce a GMT timestamp. 2023 * 2024 * @package core 2025 * @category time 2026 * @param int $year The year part to create timestamp of 2027 * @param int $month The month part to create timestamp of 2028 * @param int $day The day part to create timestamp of 2029 * @param int $hour The hour part to create timestamp of 2030 * @param int $minute The minute part to create timestamp of 2031 * @param int $second The second part to create timestamp of 2032 * @param int|float|string $timezone Timezone modifier, used to calculate GMT time offset. 2033 * if 99 then default user's timezone is used {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2034 * @param bool $applydst Toggle Daylight Saving Time, default true, will be 2035 * applied only if timezone is 99 or string. 2036 * @return int GMT timestamp 2037 */ 2038 function make_timestamp($year, $month=1, $day=1, $hour=0, $minute=0, $second=0, $timezone=99, $applydst=true) { 2039 2040 // Save input timezone, required for dst offset check. 2041 $passedtimezone = $timezone; 2042 2043 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone); 2044 2045 if (abs($timezone) > 13) { 2046 // Server time. 2047 $time = mktime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second, (int)$month, (int)$day, (int)$year); 2048 } else { 2049 $time = gmmktime((int)$hour, (int)$minute, (int)$second, (int)$month, (int)$day, (int)$year); 2050 $time = usertime($time, $timezone); 2051 2052 // Apply dst for string timezones or if 99 then try dst offset with user's default timezone. 2053 if ($applydst && ((99 == $passedtimezone) || !is_numeric($passedtimezone))) { 2054 $time -= dst_offset_on($time, $passedtimezone); 2055 } 2056 } 2057 2058 return $time; 2059 2060 } 2061 2062 /** 2063 * Format a date/time (seconds) as weeks, days, hours etc as needed 2064 * 2065 * Given an amount of time in seconds, returns string 2066 * formatted nicely as weeks, days, hours etc as needed 2067 * 2068 * @package core 2069 * @category time 2070 * @uses MINSECS 2071 * @uses HOURSECS 2072 * @uses DAYSECS 2073 * @uses YEARSECS 2074 * @param int $totalsecs Time in seconds 2075 * @param stdClass $str Should be a time object 2076 * @return string A nicely formatted date/time string 2077 */ 2078 function format_time($totalsecs, $str = null) { 2079 2080 $totalsecs = abs($totalsecs); 2081 2082 if (!$str) { 2083 // Create the str structure the slow way. 2084 $str = new stdClass(); 2085 $str->day = get_string('day'); 2086 $str->days = get_string('days'); 2087 $str->hour = get_string('hour'); 2088 $str->hours = get_string('hours'); 2089 $str->min = get_string('min'); 2090 $str->mins = get_string('mins'); 2091 $str->sec = get_string('sec'); 2092 $str->secs = get_string('secs'); 2093 $str->year = get_string('year'); 2094 $str->years = get_string('years'); 2095 } 2096 2097 $years = floor($totalsecs/YEARSECS); 2098 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($years*YEARSECS); 2099 $days = floor($remainder/DAYSECS); 2100 $remainder = $totalsecs - ($days*DAYSECS); 2101 $hours = floor($remainder/HOURSECS); 2102 $remainder = $remainder - ($hours*HOURSECS); 2103 $mins = floor($remainder/MINSECS); 2104 $secs = $remainder - ($mins*MINSECS); 2105 2106 $ss = ($secs == 1) ? $str->sec : $str->secs; 2107 $sm = ($mins == 1) ? $str->min : $str->mins; 2108 $sh = ($hours == 1) ? $str->hour : $str->hours; 2109 $sd = ($days == 1) ? $str->day : $str->days; 2110 $sy = ($years == 1) ? $str->year : $str->years; 2111 2112 $oyears = ''; 2113 $odays = ''; 2114 $ohours = ''; 2115 $omins = ''; 2116 $osecs = ''; 2117 2118 if ($years) { 2119 $oyears = $years .' '. $sy; 2120 } 2121 if ($days) { 2122 $odays = $days .' '. $sd; 2123 } 2124 if ($hours) { 2125 $ohours = $hours .' '. $sh; 2126 } 2127 if ($mins) { 2128 $omins = $mins .' '. $sm; 2129 } 2130 if ($secs) { 2131 $osecs = $secs .' '. $ss; 2132 } 2133 2134 if ($years) { 2135 return trim($oyears .' '. $odays); 2136 } 2137 if ($days) { 2138 return trim($odays .' '. $ohours); 2139 } 2140 if ($hours) { 2141 return trim($ohours .' '. $omins); 2142 } 2143 if ($mins) { 2144 return trim($omins .' '. $osecs); 2145 } 2146 if ($secs) { 2147 return $osecs; 2148 } 2149 return get_string('now'); 2150 } 2151 2152 /** 2153 * Returns a formatted string that represents a date in user time. 2154 * 2155 * @package core 2156 * @category time 2157 * @param int $date the timestamp in UTC, as obtained from the database. 2158 * @param string $format strftime format. You should probably get this using 2159 * get_string('strftime...', 'langconfig'); 2160 * @param int|float|string $timezone by default, uses the user's time zone. if numeric and 2161 * not 99 then daylight saving will not be added. 2162 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2163 * @param bool $fixday If true (default) then the leading zero from %d is removed. 2164 * If false then the leading zero is maintained. 2165 * @param bool $fixhour If true (default) then the leading zero from %I is removed. 2166 * @return string the formatted date/time. 2167 */ 2168 function userdate($date, $format = '', $timezone = 99, $fixday = true, $fixhour = true) { 2169 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2170 return $calendartype->timestamp_to_date_string($date, $format, $timezone, $fixday, $fixhour); 2171 } 2172 2173 /** 2174 * Returns a formatted date ensuring it is UTF-8. 2175 * 2176 * If we are running under Windows convert to Windows encoding and then back to UTF-8 2177 * (because it's impossible to specify UTF-8 to fetch locale info in Win32). 2178 * 2179 * This function does not do any calculation regarding the user preferences and should 2180 * therefore receive the final date timestamp, format and timezone. Timezone being only used 2181 * to differentiate the use of server time or not (strftime() against gmstrftime()). 2182 * 2183 * @param int $date the timestamp. 2184 * @param string $format strftime format. 2185 * @param int|float $tz the numerical timezone, typically returned by {@link get_user_timezone_offset()}. 2186 * @return string the formatted date/time. 2187 * @since Moodle 2.3.3 2188 */ 2189 function date_format_string($date, $format, $tz = 99) { 2190 global $CFG; 2191 2192 $localewincharset = null; 2193 // Get the calendar type user is using. 2194 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') { 2195 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2196 $localewincharset = $calendartype->locale_win_charset(); 2197 } 2198 2199 if (abs($tz) > 13) { 2200 if ($localewincharset) { 2201 $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset); 2202 $datestring = strftime($format, $date); 2203 $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8'); 2204 } else { 2205 $datestring = strftime($format, $date); 2206 } 2207 } else { 2208 if ($localewincharset) { 2209 $format = core_text::convert($format, 'utf-8', $localewincharset); 2210 $datestring = gmstrftime($format, $date); 2211 $datestring = core_text::convert($datestring, $localewincharset, 'utf-8'); 2212 } else { 2213 $datestring = gmstrftime($format, $date); 2214 } 2215 } 2216 return $datestring; 2217 } 2218 2219 /** 2220 * Given a $time timestamp in GMT (seconds since epoch), 2221 * returns an array that represents the date in user time 2222 * 2223 * @package core 2224 * @category time 2225 * @uses HOURSECS 2226 * @param int $time Timestamp in GMT 2227 * @param float|int|string $timezone offset's time with timezone, if float and not 99, then no 2228 * dst offset is applied {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2229 * @return array An array that represents the date in user time 2230 */ 2231 function usergetdate($time, $timezone=99) { 2232 2233 // Save input timezone, required for dst offset check. 2234 $passedtimezone = $timezone; 2235 2236 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone); 2237 2238 if (abs($timezone) > 13) { 2239 // Server time. 2240 return getdate($time); 2241 } 2242 2243 // Add daylight saving offset for string timezones only, as we can't get dst for 2244 // float values. if timezone is 99 (user default timezone), then try update dst. 2245 if ($passedtimezone == 99 || !is_numeric($passedtimezone)) { 2246 $time += dst_offset_on($time, $passedtimezone); 2247 } 2248 2249 $time += intval((float)$timezone * HOURSECS); 2250 2251 $datestring = gmstrftime('%B_%A_%j_%Y_%m_%w_%d_%H_%M_%S', $time); 2252 2253 // Be careful to ensure the returned array matches that produced by getdate() above. 2254 list( 2255 $getdate['month'], 2256 $getdate['weekday'], 2257 $getdate['yday'], 2258 $getdate['year'], 2259 $getdate['mon'], 2260 $getdate['wday'], 2261 $getdate['mday'], 2262 $getdate['hours'], 2263 $getdate['minutes'], 2264 $getdate['seconds'] 2265 ) = explode('_', $datestring); 2266 2267 // Set correct datatype to match with getdate(). 2268 $getdate['seconds'] = (int)$getdate['seconds']; 2269 $getdate['yday'] = (int)$getdate['yday'] - 1; // The function gmstrftime returns 0 through 365. 2270 $getdate['year'] = (int)$getdate['year']; 2271 $getdate['mon'] = (int)$getdate['mon']; 2272 $getdate['wday'] = (int)$getdate['wday']; 2273 $getdate['mday'] = (int)$getdate['mday']; 2274 $getdate['hours'] = (int)$getdate['hours']; 2275 $getdate['minutes'] = (int)$getdate['minutes']; 2276 return $getdate; 2277 } 2278 2279 /** 2280 * Given a GMT timestamp (seconds since epoch), offsets it by 2281 * the timezone. eg 3pm in India is 3pm GMT - 7 * 3600 seconds 2282 * 2283 * @package core 2284 * @category time 2285 * @uses HOURSECS 2286 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT 2287 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before 2288 * calculating user time, 99 is default user timezone 2289 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2290 * @return int 2291 */ 2292 function usertime($date, $timezone=99) { 2293 2294 $timezone = get_user_timezone_offset($timezone); 2295 2296 if (abs($timezone) > 13) { 2297 return $date; 2298 } 2299 return $date - (int)($timezone * HOURSECS); 2300 } 2301 2302 /** 2303 * Given a time, return the GMT timestamp of the most recent midnight 2304 * for the current user. 2305 * 2306 * @package core 2307 * @category time 2308 * @param int $date Timestamp in GMT 2309 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before 2310 * calculating user midnight time, 99 is default user timezone 2311 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2312 * @return int Returns a GMT timestamp 2313 */ 2314 function usergetmidnight($date, $timezone=99) { 2315 2316 $userdate = usergetdate($date, $timezone); 2317 2318 // Time of midnight of this user's day, in GMT. 2319 return make_timestamp($userdate['year'], $userdate['mon'], $userdate['mday'], 0, 0, 0, $timezone); 2320 2321 } 2322 2323 /** 2324 * Returns a string that prints the user's timezone 2325 * 2326 * @package core 2327 * @category time 2328 * @param float|int|string $timezone timezone to calculate GMT time offset before 2329 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone 2330 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2331 * @return string 2332 */ 2333 function usertimezone($timezone=99) { 2334 2335 $tz = get_user_timezone($timezone); 2336 2337 if (!is_float($tz)) { 2338 return $tz; 2339 } 2340 2341 if (abs($tz) > 13) { 2342 // Server time. 2343 return get_string('serverlocaltime'); 2344 } 2345 2346 if ($tz == intval($tz)) { 2347 // Don't show .0 for whole hours. 2348 $tz = intval($tz); 2349 } 2350 2351 if ($tz == 0) { 2352 return 'UTC'; 2353 } else if ($tz > 0) { 2354 return 'UTC+'.$tz; 2355 } else { 2356 return 'UTC'.$tz; 2357 } 2358 2359 } 2360 2361 /** 2362 * Returns a float which represents the user's timezone difference from GMT in hours 2363 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value 2364 * 2365 * @package core 2366 * @category time 2367 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset for user, 2368 * 99 is default user timezone 2369 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2370 * @return float 2371 */ 2372 function get_user_timezone_offset($tz = 99) { 2373 $tz = get_user_timezone($tz); 2374 2375 if (is_float($tz)) { 2376 return $tz; 2377 } else { 2378 $tzrecord = get_timezone_record($tz); 2379 if (empty($tzrecord)) { 2380 return 99.0; 2381 } 2382 return (float)$tzrecord->gmtoff / HOURMINS; 2383 } 2384 } 2385 2386 /** 2387 * Returns an int which represents the systems's timezone difference from GMT in seconds 2388 * 2389 * @package core 2390 * @category time 2391 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone for which offset is required. 2392 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2393 * @return int|bool if found, false is timezone 99 or error 2394 */ 2395 function get_timezone_offset($tz) { 2396 if ($tz == 99) { 2397 return false; 2398 } 2399 2400 if (is_numeric($tz)) { 2401 return intval($tz * 60*60); 2402 } 2403 2404 if (!$tzrecord = get_timezone_record($tz)) { 2405 return false; 2406 } 2407 return intval($tzrecord->gmtoff * 60); 2408 } 2409 2410 /** 2411 * Returns a float or a string which denotes the user's timezone 2412 * A float value means that a simple offset from GMT is used, while a string (it will be the name of a timezone in the database) 2413 * means that for this timezone there are also DST rules to be taken into account 2414 * Checks various settings and picks the most dominant of those which have a value 2415 * 2416 * @package core 2417 * @category time 2418 * @param float|int|string $tz timezone to calculate GMT time offset before 2419 * calculating user timezone, 99 is default user timezone 2420 * {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2421 * @return float|string 2422 */ 2423 function get_user_timezone($tz = 99) { 2424 global $USER, $CFG; 2425 2426 $timezones = array( 2427 $tz, 2428 isset($CFG->forcetimezone) ? $CFG->forcetimezone : 99, 2429 isset($USER->timezone) ? $USER->timezone : 99, 2430 isset($CFG->timezone) ? $CFG->timezone : 99, 2431 ); 2432 2433 $tz = 99; 2434 2435 // Loop while $tz is, empty but not zero, or 99, and there is another timezone is the array. 2436 while (((empty($tz) && !is_numeric($tz)) || $tz == 99) && $next = each($timezones)) { 2437 $tz = $next['value']; 2438 } 2439 return is_numeric($tz) ? (float) $tz : $tz; 2440 } 2441 2442 /** 2443 * Returns cached timezone record for given $timezonename 2444 * 2445 * @package core 2446 * @param string $timezonename name of the timezone 2447 * @return stdClass|bool timezonerecord or false 2448 */ 2449 function get_timezone_record($timezonename) { 2450 global $DB; 2451 static $cache = null; 2452 2453 if ($cache === null) { 2454 $cache = array(); 2455 } 2456 2457 if (isset($cache[$timezonename])) { 2458 return $cache[$timezonename]; 2459 } 2460 2461 return $cache[$timezonename] = $DB->get_record_sql('SELECT * FROM {timezone} 2462 WHERE name = ? ORDER BY year DESC', array($timezonename), IGNORE_MULTIPLE); 2463 } 2464 2465 /** 2466 * Build and store the users Daylight Saving Time (DST) table 2467 * 2468 * @package core 2469 * @param int $fromyear Start year for the table, defaults to 1971 2470 * @param int $toyear End year for the table, defaults to 2035 2471 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone timezone to check if dst should be applied. 2472 * @return bool 2473 */ 2474 function calculate_user_dst_table($fromyear = null, $toyear = null, $strtimezone = null) { 2475 global $SESSION, $DB; 2476 2477 $usertz = get_user_timezone($strtimezone); 2478 2479 if (is_float($usertz)) { 2480 // Trivial timezone, no DST. 2481 return false; 2482 } 2483 2484 if (!empty($SESSION->dst_offsettz) && $SESSION->dst_offsettz != $usertz) { 2485 // We have pre-calculated values, but the user's effective TZ has changed in the meantime, so reset. 2486 unset($SESSION->dst_offsets); 2487 unset($SESSION->dst_range); 2488 } 2489 2490 if (!empty($SESSION->dst_offsets) && empty($fromyear) && empty($toyear)) { 2491 // Repeat calls which do not request specific year ranges stop here, we have already calculated the table. 2492 // This will be the return path most of the time, pretty light computationally. 2493 return true; 2494 } 2495 2496 // Reaching here means we either need to extend our table or create it from scratch. 2497 2498 // Remember which TZ we calculated these changes for. 2499 $SESSION->dst_offsettz = $usertz; 2500 2501 if (empty($SESSION->dst_offsets)) { 2502 // If we 're creating from scratch, put the two guard elements in there. 2503 $SESSION->dst_offsets = array(1 => null, 0 => null); 2504 } 2505 if (empty($SESSION->dst_range)) { 2506 // If creating from scratch. 2507 $from = max((empty($fromyear) ? intval(date('Y')) - 3 : $fromyear), 1971); 2508 $to = min((empty($toyear) ? intval(date('Y')) + 3 : $toyear), 2035); 2509 2510 // Fill in the array with the extra years we need to process. 2511 $yearstoprocess = array(); 2512 for ($i = $from; $i <= $to; ++$i) { 2513 $yearstoprocess[] = $i; 2514 } 2515 2516 // Take note of which years we have processed for future calls. 2517 $SESSION->dst_range = array($from, $to); 2518 } else { 2519 // If needing to extend the table, do the same. 2520 $yearstoprocess = array(); 2521 2522 $from = max((empty($fromyear) ? $SESSION->dst_range[0] : $fromyear), 1971); 2523 $to = min((empty($toyear) ? $SESSION->dst_range[1] : $toyear), 2035); 2524 2525 if ($from < $SESSION->dst_range[0]) { 2526 // Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls. 2527 for ($i = $from; $i < $SESSION->dst_range[0]; ++$i) { 2528 $yearstoprocess[] = $i; 2529 } 2530 $SESSION->dst_range[0] = $from; 2531 } 2532 if ($to > $SESSION->dst_range[1]) { 2533 // Take note of which years we need to process and then note that we have processed them for future calls. 2534 for ($i = $SESSION->dst_range[1] + 1; $i <= $to; ++$i) { 2535 $yearstoprocess[] = $i; 2536 } 2537 $SESSION->dst_range[1] = $to; 2538 } 2539 } 2540 2541 if (empty($yearstoprocess)) { 2542 // This means that there was a call requesting a SMALLER range than we have already calculated. 2543 return true; 2544 } 2545 2546 // From now on, we know that the array has at least the two guard elements, and $yearstoprocess has the years we need 2547 // Also, the array is sorted in descending timestamp order! 2548 2549 // Get DB data. 2550 2551 static $presetscache = array(); 2552 if (!isset($presetscache[$usertz])) { 2553 $presetscache[$usertz] = $DB->get_records('timezone', array('name' => $usertz), 2554 'year DESC', 'year, gmtoff, dstoff, dst_month, dst_startday, dst_weekday, dst_skipweeks, dst_time, std_month, '. 2555 'std_startday, std_weekday, std_skipweeks, std_time'); 2556 } 2557 if (empty($presetscache[$usertz])) { 2558 return false; 2559 } 2560 2561 // Remove ending guard (first element of the array). 2562 reset($SESSION->dst_offsets); 2563 unset($SESSION->dst_offsets[key($SESSION->dst_offsets)]); 2564 2565 // Add all required change timestamps. 2566 foreach ($yearstoprocess as $y) { 2567 // Find the record which is in effect for the year $y. 2568 foreach ($presetscache[$usertz] as $year => $preset) { 2569 if ($year <= $y) { 2570 break; 2571 } 2572 } 2573 2574 $changes = dst_changes_for_year($y, $preset); 2575 2576 if ($changes === null) { 2577 continue; 2578 } 2579 if ($changes['dst'] != 0) { 2580 $SESSION->dst_offsets[$changes['dst']] = $preset->dstoff * MINSECS; 2581 } 2582 if ($changes['std'] != 0) { 2583 $SESSION->dst_offsets[$changes['std']] = 0; 2584 } 2585 } 2586 2587 // Put in a guard element at the top. 2588 $maxtimestamp = max(array_keys($SESSION->dst_offsets)); 2589 $SESSION->dst_offsets[($maxtimestamp + DAYSECS)] = null; // DAYSECS is arbitrary, any "small" number will do. 2590 2591 // Sort again. 2592 krsort($SESSION->dst_offsets); 2593 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 2597 /** 2598 * Calculates the required DST change and returns a Timestamp Array 2599 * 2600 * @package core 2601 * @category time 2602 * @uses HOURSECS 2603 * @uses MINSECS 2604 * @param int|string $year Int or String Year to focus on 2605 * @param object $timezone Instatiated Timezone object 2606 * @return array|null Array dst => xx, 0 => xx, std => yy, 1 => yy or null 2607 */ 2608 function dst_changes_for_year($year, $timezone) { 2609 2610 if ($timezone->dst_startday == 0 && $timezone->dst_weekday == 0 && 2611 $timezone->std_startday == 0 && $timezone->std_weekday == 0) { 2612 return null; 2613 } 2614 2615 $monthdaydst = find_day_in_month($timezone->dst_startday, $timezone->dst_weekday, $timezone->dst_month, $year); 2616 $monthdaystd = find_day_in_month($timezone->std_startday, $timezone->std_weekday, $timezone->std_month, $year); 2617 2618 list($dsthour, $dstmin) = explode(':', $timezone->dst_time); 2619 list($stdhour, $stdmin) = explode(':', $timezone->std_time); 2620 2621 $timedst = make_timestamp($year, $timezone->dst_month, $monthdaydst, 0, 0, 0, 99, false); 2622 $timestd = make_timestamp($year, $timezone->std_month, $monthdaystd, 0, 0, 0, 99, false); 2623 2624 // Instead of putting hour and minute in make_timestamp(), we add them afterwards. 2625 // This has the advantage of being able to have negative values for hour, i.e. for timezones 2626 // where GMT time would be in the PREVIOUS day than the local one on which DST changes. 2627 2628 $timedst += $dsthour * HOURSECS + $dstmin * MINSECS; 2629 $timestd += $stdhour * HOURSECS + $stdmin * MINSECS; 2630 2631 return array('dst' => $timedst, 0 => $timedst, 'std' => $timestd, 1 => $timestd); 2632 } 2633 2634 /** 2635 * Calculates the Daylight Saving Offset for a given date/time (timestamp) 2636 * - Note: Daylight saving only works for string timezones and not for float. 2637 * 2638 * @package core 2639 * @category time 2640 * @param int $time must NOT be compensated at all, it has to be a pure timestamp 2641 * @param int|float|string $strtimezone timezone for which offset is expected, if 99 or null 2642 * then user's default timezone is used. {@link http://docs.moodle.org/dev/Time_API#Timezone} 2643 * @return int 2644 */ 2645 function dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone = null) { 2646 global $SESSION; 2647 2648 if (!calculate_user_dst_table(null, null, $strtimezone) || empty($SESSION->dst_offsets)) { 2649 return 0; 2650 } 2651 2652 reset($SESSION->dst_offsets); 2653 while (list($from, $offset) = each($SESSION->dst_offsets)) { 2654 if ($from <= $time) { 2655 break; 2656 } 2657 } 2658 2659 // This is the normal return path. 2660 if ($offset !== null) { 2661 return $offset; 2662 } 2663 2664 // Reaching this point means we haven't calculated far enough, do it now: 2665 // Calculate extra DST changes if needed and recurse. The recursion always 2666 // moves toward the stopping condition, so will always end. 2667 2668 if ($from == 0) { 2669 // We need a year smaller than $SESSION->dst_range[0]. 2670 if ($SESSION->dst_range[0] == 1971) { 2671 return 0; 2672 } 2673 calculate_user_dst_table($SESSION->dst_range[0] - 5, null, $strtimezone); 2674 return dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone); 2675 } else { 2676 // We need a year larger than $SESSION->dst_range[1]. 2677 if ($SESSION->dst_range[1] == 2035) { 2678 return 0; 2679 } 2680 calculate_user_dst_table(null, $SESSION->dst_range[1] + 5, $strtimezone); 2681 return dst_offset_on($time, $strtimezone); 2682 } 2683 } 2684 2685 /** 2686 * Calculates when the day appears in specific month 2687 * 2688 * @package core 2689 * @category time 2690 * @param int $startday starting day of the month 2691 * @param int $weekday The day when week starts (normally taken from user preferences) 2692 * @param int $month The month whose day is sought 2693 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day is sought 2694 * @return int 2695 */ 2696 function find_day_in_month($startday, $weekday, $month, $year) { 2697 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2698 2699 $daysinmonth = days_in_month($month, $year); 2700 $daysinweek = count($calendartype->get_weekdays()); 2701 2702 if ($weekday == -1) { 2703 // Don't care about weekday, so return: 2704 // abs($startday) if $startday != -1 2705 // $daysinmonth otherwise. 2706 return ($startday == -1) ? $daysinmonth : abs($startday); 2707 } 2708 2709 // From now on we 're looking for a specific weekday. 2710 // Give "end of month" its actual value, since we know it. 2711 if ($startday == -1) { 2712 $startday = -1 * $daysinmonth; 2713 } 2714 2715 // Starting from day $startday, the sign is the direction. 2716 if ($startday < 1) { 2717 $startday = abs($startday); 2718 $lastmonthweekday = dayofweek($daysinmonth, $month, $year); 2719 2720 // This is the last such weekday of the month. 2721 $lastinmonth = $daysinmonth + $weekday - $lastmonthweekday; 2722 if ($lastinmonth > $daysinmonth) { 2723 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek; 2724 } 2725 2726 // Find the first such weekday <= $startday. 2727 while ($lastinmonth > $startday) { 2728 $lastinmonth -= $daysinweek; 2729 } 2730 2731 return $lastinmonth; 2732 } else { 2733 $indexweekday = dayofweek($startday, $month, $year); 2734 2735 $diff = $weekday - $indexweekday; 2736 if ($diff < 0) { 2737 $diff += $daysinweek; 2738 } 2739 2740 // This is the first such weekday of the month equal to or after $startday. 2741 $firstfromindex = $startday + $diff; 2742 2743 return $firstfromindex; 2744 } 2745 } 2746 2747 /** 2748 * Calculate the number of days in a given month 2749 * 2750 * @package core 2751 * @category time 2752 * @param int $month The month whose day count is sought 2753 * @param int $year The year of the month whose day count is sought 2754 * @return int 2755 */ 2756 function days_in_month($month, $year) { 2757 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2758 return $calendartype->get_num_days_in_month($year, $month); 2759 } 2760 2761 /** 2762 * Calculate the position in the week of a specific calendar day 2763 * 2764 * @package core 2765 * @category time 2766 * @param int $day The day of the date whose position in the week is sought 2767 * @param int $month The month of the date whose position in the week is sought 2768 * @param int $year The year of the date whose position in the week is sought 2769 * @return int 2770 */ 2771 function dayofweek($day, $month, $year) { 2772 $calendartype = \core_calendar\type_factory::get_calendar_instance(); 2773 return $calendartype->get_weekday($year, $month, $day); 2774 } 2775 2776 // USER AUTHENTICATION AND LOGIN. 2777 2778 /** 2779 * Returns full login url. 2780 * 2781 * @return string login url 2782 */ 2783 function get_login_url() { 2784 global $CFG; 2785 2786 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/login/index.php"; 2787 2788 if (!empty($CFG->loginhttps)) { 2789 $url = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $url); 2790 } 2791 2792 return $url; 2793 } 2794 2795 /** 2796 * This function checks that the current user is logged in and has the 2797 * required privileges 2798 * 2799 * This function checks that the current user is logged in, and optionally 2800 * whether they are allowed to be in a particular course and view a particular 2801 * course module. 2802 * If they are not logged in, then it redirects them to the site login unless 2803 * $autologinguest is set and {@link $CFG}->autologinguests is set to 1 in which 2804 * case they are automatically logged in as guests. 2805 * If $courseid is given and the user is not enrolled in that course then the 2806 * user is redirected to the course enrolment page. 2807 * If $cm is given and the course module is hidden and the user is not a teacher 2808 * in the course then the user is redirected to the course home page. 2809 * 2810 * When $cm parameter specified, this function sets page layout to 'module'. 2811 * You need to change it manually later if some other layout needed. 2812 * 2813 * @package core_access 2814 * @category access 2815 * 2816 * @param mixed $courseorid id of the course or course object 2817 * @param bool $autologinguest default true 2818 * @param object $cm course module object 2819 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to 2820 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable, 2821 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495 2822 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions 2823 * @return mixed Void, exit, and die depending on path 2824 * @throws coding_exception 2825 * @throws require_login_exception 2826 */ 2827 function require_login($courseorid = null, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) { 2828 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER, $PAGE, $SITE, $DB, $OUTPUT; 2829 2830 // Must not redirect when byteserving already started. 2831 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_RANGE'])) { 2832 $preventredirect = true; 2833 } 2834 2835 // Setup global $COURSE, themes, language and locale. 2836 if (!empty($courseorid)) { 2837 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 2838 $course = $courseorid; 2839 } else if ($courseorid == SITEID) { 2840 $course = clone($SITE); 2841 } else { 2842 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseorid), '*', MUST_EXIST); 2843 } 2844 if ($cm) { 2845 if ($cm->course != $course->id) { 2846 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_login() call do not match!!'); 2847 } 2848 // Make sure we have a $cm from get_fast_modinfo as this contains activity access details. 2849 if (!($cm instanceof cm_info)) { 2850 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any 2851 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously 2852 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this. 2853 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course); 2854 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id); 2855 } 2856 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); // Set's up global $COURSE. 2857 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse'); 2858 } else { 2859 $PAGE->set_course($course); // Set's up global $COURSE. 2860 } 2861 } else { 2862 // Do not touch global $COURSE via $PAGE->set_course(), 2863 // the reasons is we need to be able to call require_login() at any time!! 2864 $course = $SITE; 2865 if ($cm) { 2866 throw new coding_exception('cm parameter in require_login() requires valid course parameter!'); 2867 } 2868 } 2869 2870 // If this is an AJAX request and $setwantsurltome is true then we need to override it and set it to false. 2871 // Otherwise the AJAX request URL will be set to $SESSION->wantsurl and events such as self enrolment in the future 2872 // risk leading the user back to the AJAX request URL. 2873 if ($setwantsurltome && defined('AJAX_SCRIPT') && AJAX_SCRIPT) { 2874 $setwantsurltome = false; 2875 } 2876 2877 // Redirect to the login page if session has expired, only with dbsessions enabled (MDL-35029) to maintain current behaviour. 2878 if ((!isloggedin() or isguestuser()) && !empty($SESSION->has_timed_out) && !$preventredirect && !empty($CFG->dbsessions)) { 2879 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2880 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2881 } 2882 redirect(get_login_url()); 2883 } 2884 2885 // If the user is not even logged in yet then make sure they are. 2886 if (!isloggedin()) { 2887 if ($autologinguest and !empty($CFG->guestloginbutton) and !empty($CFG->autologinguests)) { 2888 if (!$guest = get_complete_user_data('id', $CFG->siteguest)) { 2889 // Misconfigured site guest, just redirect to login page. 2890 redirect(get_login_url()); 2891 exit; // Never reached. 2892 } 2893 $lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang; 2894 complete_user_login($guest); 2895 $USER->autologinguest = true; 2896 $SESSION->lang = $lang; 2897 } else { 2898 // NOTE: $USER->site check was obsoleted by session test cookie, $USER->confirmed test is in login/index.php. 2899 if ($preventredirect) { 2900 throw new require_login_exception('You are not logged in'); 2901 } 2902 2903 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2904 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2905 } 2906 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_REFERER'])) { 2907 $SESSION->fromurl = $_SERVER['HTTP_REFERER']; 2908 } 2909 redirect(get_login_url()); 2910 exit; // Never reached. 2911 } 2912 } 2913 2914 // Loginas as redirection if needed. 2915 if ($course->id != SITEID and \core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2916 if ($USER->loginascontext->contextlevel == CONTEXT_COURSE) { 2917 if ($USER->loginascontext->instanceid != $course->id) { 2918 print_error('loginasonecourse', '', $CFG->wwwroot.'/course/view.php?id='.$USER->loginascontext->instanceid); 2919 } 2920 } 2921 } 2922 2923 // Check whether the user should be changing password (but only if it is REALLY them). 2924 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange') && !\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 2925 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth); 2926 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and !$preventredirect) { 2927 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2928 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2929 } 2930 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) { 2931 // Use plugin custom url. 2932 redirect($changeurl); 2933 } else { 2934 // Use moodle internal method. 2935 if (empty($CFG->loginhttps)) { 2936 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php'); 2937 } else { 2938 $wwwroot = str_replace('http:', 'https:', $CFG->wwwroot); 2939 redirect($wwwroot .'/login/change_password.php'); 2940 } 2941 } 2942 } else { 2943 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth'); 2944 } 2945 } 2946 2947 // Check that the user account is properly set up. 2948 if (user_not_fully_set_up($USER)) { 2949 if ($preventredirect) { 2950 throw new require_login_exception('User not fully set-up'); 2951 } 2952 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2953 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2954 } 2955 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/edit.php?id='. $USER->id .'&course='. SITEID); 2956 } 2957 2958 // Make sure the USER has a sesskey set up. Used for CSRF protection. 2959 sesskey(); 2960 2961 // Do not bother admins with any formalities. 2962 if (is_siteadmin()) { 2963 // Set accesstime or the user will appear offline which messes up messaging. 2964 user_accesstime_log($course->id); 2965 return; 2966 } 2967 2968 // Check that the user has agreed to a site policy if there is one - do not test in case of admins. 2969 if (!$USER->policyagreed and !is_siteadmin()) { 2970 if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicy) and !isguestuser()) { 2971 if ($preventredirect) { 2972 throw new require_login_exception('Policy not agreed'); 2973 } 2974 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2975 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2976 } 2977 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/policy.php'); 2978 } else if (!empty($CFG->sitepolicyguest) and isguestuser()) { 2979 if ($preventredirect) { 2980 throw new require_login_exception('Policy not agreed'); 2981 } 2982 if ($setwantsurltome) { 2983 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 2984 } 2985 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/user/policy.php'); 2986 } 2987 } 2988 2989 // Fetch the system context, the course context, and prefetch its child contexts. 2990 $sysctx = context_system::instance(); 2991 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($course->id, MUST_EXIST); 2992 if ($cm) { 2993 $cmcontext = context_module::instance($cm->id, MUST_EXIST); 2994 } else { 2995 $cmcontext = null; 2996 } 2997 2998 // If the site is currently under maintenance, then print a message. 2999 if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) and !has_capability('moodle/site:config', $sysctx)) { 3000 if ($preventredirect) { 3001 throw new require_login_exception('Maintenance in progress'); 3002 } 3003 3004 print_maintenance_message(); 3005 } 3006 3007 // Make sure the course itself is not hidden. 3008 if ($course->id == SITEID) { 3009 // Frontpage can not be hidden. 3010 } else { 3011 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) { 3012 // When switching roles ignore the hidden flag - user had to be in course to do the switch. 3013 } else { 3014 if (!$course->visible and !has_capability('moodle/course:viewhiddencourses', $coursecontext)) { 3015 // Originally there was also test of parent category visibility, BUT is was very slow in complex queries 3016 // involving "my courses" now it is also possible to simply hide all courses user is not enrolled in :-). 3017 if ($preventredirect) { 3018 throw new require_login_exception('Course is hidden'); 3019 } 3020 // We need to override the navigation URL as the course won't have been added to the navigation and thus 3021 // the navigation will mess up when trying to find it. 3022 navigation_node::override_active_url(new moodle_url('/')); 3023 notice(get_string('coursehidden'), $CFG->wwwroot .'/'); 3024 } 3025 } 3026 } 3027 3028 // Is the user enrolled? 3029 if ($course->id == SITEID) { 3030 // Everybody is enrolled on the frontpage. 3031 } else { 3032 if (\core\session\manager::is_loggedinas()) { 3033 // Make sure the REAL person can access this course first. 3034 $realuser = \core\session\manager::get_realuser(); 3035 if (!is_enrolled($coursecontext, $realuser->id, '', true) and 3036 !is_viewing($coursecontext, $realuser->id) and !is_siteadmin($realuser->id)) { 3037 if ($preventredirect) { 3038 throw new require_login_exception('Invalid course login-as access'); 3039 } 3040 echo $OUTPUT->header(); 3041 notice(get_string('studentnotallowed', '', fullname($USER, true)), $CFG->wwwroot .'/'); 3042 } 3043 } 3044 3045 $access = false; 3046 3047 if (is_role_switched($course->id)) { 3048 // Ok, user had to be inside this course before the switch. 3049 $access = true; 3050 3051 } else if (is_viewing($coursecontext, $USER)) { 3052 // Ok, no need to mess with enrol. 3053 $access = true; 3054 3055 } else { 3056 if (isset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id])) { 3057 if ($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] > time()) { 3058 $access = true; 3059 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) { 3060 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]); 3061 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext); 3062 } 3063 } else { 3064 // Expired. 3065 unset($USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id]); 3066 } 3067 } 3068 if (isset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id])) { 3069 if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] == 0) { 3070 $access = true; 3071 } else if ($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] > time()) { 3072 $access = true; 3073 } else { 3074 // Expired. 3075 unset($USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id]); 3076 remove_temp_course_roles($coursecontext); 3077 } 3078 } 3079 3080 if (!$access) { 3081 // Cache not ok. 3082 $until = enrol_get_enrolment_end($coursecontext->instanceid, $USER->id); 3083 if ($until !== false) { 3084 // Active participants may always access, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false. 3085 if ($until == 0) { 3086 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP; 3087 } 3088 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until; 3089 $access = true; 3090 3091 } else { 3092 $params = array('courseid' => $course->id, 'status' => ENROL_INSTANCE_ENABLED); 3093 $instances = $DB->get_records('enrol', $params, 'sortorder, id ASC'); 3094 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true); 3095 // First ask all enabled enrol instances in course if they want to auto enrol user. 3096 foreach ($instances as $instance) { 3097 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) { 3098 continue; 3099 } 3100 // Get a duration for the enrolment, a timestamp in the future, 0 (always) or false. 3101 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_autoenrol($instance); 3102 if ($until !== false) { 3103 if ($until == 0) { 3104 $until = ENROL_MAX_TIMESTAMP; 3105 } 3106 $USER->enrol['enrolled'][$course->id] = $until; 3107 $access = true; 3108 break; 3109 } 3110 } 3111 // If not enrolled yet try to gain temporary guest access. 3112 if (!$access) { 3113 foreach ($instances as $instance) { 3114 if (!isset($enrols[$instance->enrol])) { 3115 continue; 3116 } 3117 // Get a duration for the guest access, a timestamp in the future or false. 3118 $until = $enrols[$instance->enrol]->try_guestaccess($instance); 3119 if ($until !== false and $until > time()) { 3120 $USER->enrol['tempguest'][$course->id] = $until; 3121 $access = true; 3122 break; 3123 } 3124 } 3125 } 3126 } 3127 } 3128 } 3129 3130 if (!$access) { 3131 if ($preventredirect) { 3132 throw new require_login_exception('Not enrolled'); 3133 } 3134 if ($setwantsurltome) { 3135 $SESSION->wantsurl = qualified_me(); 3136 } 3137 redirect($CFG->wwwroot .'/enrol/index.php?id='. $course->id); 3138 } 3139 } 3140 3141 // Check visibility of activity to current user; includes visible flag, conditional availability, etc. 3142 if ($cm && !$cm->uservisible) { 3143 if ($preventredirect) { 3144 throw new require_login_exception('Activity is hidden'); 3145 } 3146 if ($course->id != SITEID) { 3147 $url = new moodle_url('/course/view.php', array('id' => $course->id)); 3148 } else { 3149 $url = new moodle_url('/'); 3150 } 3151 redirect($url, get_string('activityiscurrentlyhidden')); 3152 } 3153 3154 // Finally access granted, update lastaccess times. 3155 user_accesstime_log($course->id); 3156 } 3157 3158 3159 /** 3160 * This function just makes sure a user is logged out. 3161 * 3162 * @package core_access 3163 * @category access 3164 */ 3165 function require_logout() { 3166 global $USER, $DB; 3167 3168 if (!isloggedin()) { 3169 // This should not happen often, no need for hooks or events here. 3170 \core\session\manager::terminate_current(); 3171 return; 3172 } 3173 3174 // Execute hooks before action. 3175 $authplugins = array(); 3176 $authsequence = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 3177 foreach ($authsequence as $authname) { 3178 $authplugins[$authname] = get_auth_plugin($authname); 3179 $authplugins[$authname]->prelogout_hook(); 3180 } 3181 3182 // Store info that gets removed during logout. 3183 $sid = session_id(); 3184 $event = \core\event\user_loggedout::create( 3185 array( 3186 'userid' => $USER->id, 3187 'objectid' => $USER->id, 3188 'other' => array('sessionid' => $sid), 3189 ) 3190 ); 3191 if ($session = $DB->get_record('sessions', array('sid'=>$sid))) { 3192 $event->add_record_snapshot('sessions', $session); 3193 } 3194 3195 // Clone of $USER object to be used by auth plugins. 3196 $user = fullclone($USER); 3197 3198 // Delete session record and drop $_SESSION content. 3199 \core\session\manager::terminate_current(); 3200 3201 // Trigger event AFTER action. 3202 $event->trigger(); 3203 3204 // Hook to execute auth plugins redirection after event trigger. 3205 foreach ($authplugins as $authplugin) { 3206 $authplugin->postlogout_hook($user); 3207 } 3208 } 3209 3210 /** 3211 * Weaker version of require_login() 3212 * 3213 * This is a weaker version of {@link require_login()} which only requires login 3214 * when called from within a course rather than the site page, unless 3215 * the forcelogin option is turned on. 3216 * @see require_login() 3217 * 3218 * @package core_access 3219 * @category access 3220 * 3221 * @param mixed $courseorid The course object or id in question 3222 * @param bool $autologinguest Allow autologin guests if that is wanted 3223 * @param object $cm Course activity module if known 3224 * @param bool $setwantsurltome Define if we want to set $SESSION->wantsurl, defaults to 3225 * true. Used to avoid (=false) some scripts (file.php...) to set that variable, 3226 * in order to keep redirects working properly. MDL-14495 3227 * @param bool $preventredirect set to true in scripts that can not redirect (CLI, rss feeds, etc.), throws exceptions 3228 * @return void 3229 * @throws coding_exception 3230 */ 3231 function require_course_login($courseorid, $autologinguest = true, $cm = null, $setwantsurltome = true, $preventredirect = false) { 3232 global $CFG, $PAGE, $SITE; 3233 $issite = ((is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid->id == SITEID) 3234 or (!is_object($courseorid) and $courseorid == SITEID)); 3235 if ($issite && !empty($cm) && !($cm instanceof cm_info)) { 3236 // Note: nearly all pages call get_fast_modinfo anyway and it does not make any 3237 // db queries so this is not really a performance concern, however it is obviously 3238 // better if you use get_fast_modinfo to get the cm before calling this. 3239 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 3240 $course = $courseorid; 3241 } else { 3242 $course = clone($SITE); 3243 } 3244 $modinfo = get_fast_modinfo($course); 3245 $cm = $modinfo->get_cm($cm->id); 3246 } 3247 if (!empty($CFG->forcelogin)) { 3248 // Login required for both SITE and courses. 3249 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3250 3251 } else if ($issite && !empty($cm) and !$cm->uservisible) { 3252 // Always login for hidden activities. 3253 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3254 3255 } else if ($issite) { 3256 // Login for SITE not required. 3257 // We still need to instatiate PAGE vars properly so that things that rely on it like navigation function correctly. 3258 if (!empty($courseorid)) { 3259 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 3260 $course = $courseorid; 3261 } else { 3262 $course = clone $SITE; 3263 } 3264 if ($cm) { 3265 if ($cm->course != $course->id) { 3266 throw new coding_exception('course and cm parameters in require_course_login() call do not match!!'); 3267 } 3268 $PAGE->set_cm($cm, $course); 3269 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('incourse'); 3270 } else { 3271 $PAGE->set_course($course); 3272 } 3273 } else { 3274 // If $PAGE->course, and hence $PAGE->context, have not already been set up properly, set them up now. 3275 $PAGE->set_course($PAGE->course); 3276 } 3277 user_accesstime_log(SITEID); 3278 return; 3279 3280 } else { 3281 // Course login always required. 3282 require_login($courseorid, $autologinguest, $cm, $setwantsurltome, $preventredirect); 3283 } 3284 } 3285 3286 /** 3287 * Require key login. Function terminates with error if key not found or incorrect. 3288 * 3289 * @uses NO_MOODLE_COOKIES 3290 * @uses PARAM_ALPHANUM 3291 * @param string $script unique script identifier 3292 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3293 * @return int Instance ID 3294 */ 3295 function require_user_key_login($script, $instance=null) { 3296 global $DB; 3297 3298 if (!NO_MOODLE_COOKIES) { 3299 print_error('sessioncookiesdisable'); 3300 } 3301 3302 // Extra safety. 3303 \core\session\manager::write_close(); 3304 3305 $keyvalue = required_param('key', PARAM_ALPHANUM); 3306 3307 if (!$key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'value' => $keyvalue, 'instance' => $instance))) { 3308 print_error('invalidkey'); 3309 } 3310 3311 if (!empty($key->validuntil) and $key->validuntil < time()) { 3312 print_error('expiredkey'); 3313 } 3314 3315 if ($key->iprestriction) { 3316 $remoteaddr = getremoteaddr(null); 3317 if (empty($remoteaddr) or !address_in_subnet($remoteaddr, $key->iprestriction)) { 3318 print_error('ipmismatch'); 3319 } 3320 } 3321 3322 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $key->userid))) { 3323 print_error('invaliduserid'); 3324 } 3325 3326 // Emulate normal session. 3327 enrol_check_plugins($user); 3328 \core\session\manager::set_user($user); 3329 3330 // Note we are not using normal login. 3331 if (!defined('USER_KEY_LOGIN')) { 3332 define('USER_KEY_LOGIN', true); 3333 } 3334 3335 // Return instance id - it might be empty. 3336 return $key->instance; 3337 } 3338 3339 /** 3340 * Creates a new private user access key. 3341 * 3342 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3343 * @param int $userid 3344 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3345 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access 3346 * @param timestamp $validuntil key valid only until given data 3347 * @return string access key value 3348 */ 3349 function create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) { 3350 global $DB; 3351 3352 $key = new stdClass(); 3353 $key->script = $script; 3354 $key->userid = $userid; 3355 $key->instance = $instance; 3356 $key->iprestriction = $iprestriction; 3357 $key->validuntil = $validuntil; 3358 $key->timecreated = time(); 3359 3360 // Something long and unique. 3361 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40)); 3362 while ($DB->record_exists('user_private_key', array('value' => $key->value))) { 3363 // Must be unique. 3364 $key->value = md5($userid.'_'.time().random_string(40)); 3365 } 3366 $DB->insert_record('user_private_key', $key); 3367 return $key->value; 3368 } 3369 3370 /** 3371 * Delete the user's new private user access keys for a particular script. 3372 * 3373 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3374 * @param int $userid 3375 * @return void 3376 */ 3377 function delete_user_key($script, $userid) { 3378 global $DB; 3379 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid)); 3380 } 3381 3382 /** 3383 * Gets a private user access key (and creates one if one doesn't exist). 3384 * 3385 * @param string $script unique target identifier 3386 * @param int $userid 3387 * @param int $instance optional instance id 3388 * @param string $iprestriction optional ip restricted access 3389 * @param timestamp $validuntil key valid only until given data 3390 * @return string access key value 3391 */ 3392 function get_user_key($script, $userid, $instance=null, $iprestriction=null, $validuntil=null) { 3393 global $DB; 3394 3395 if ($key = $DB->get_record('user_private_key', array('script' => $script, 'userid' => $userid, 3396 'instance' => $instance, 'iprestriction' => $iprestriction, 3397 'validuntil' => $validuntil))) { 3398 return $key->value; 3399 } else { 3400 return create_user_key($script, $userid, $instance, $iprestriction, $validuntil); 3401 } 3402 } 3403 3404 3405 /** 3406 * Modify the user table by setting the currently logged in user's last login to now. 3407 * 3408 * @return bool Always returns true 3409 */ 3410 function update_user_login_times() { 3411 global $USER, $DB; 3412 3413 if (isguestuser()) { 3414 // Do not update guest access times/ips for performance. 3415 return true; 3416 } 3417 3418 $now = time(); 3419 3420 $user = new stdClass(); 3421 $user->id = $USER->id; 3422 3423 // Make sure all users that logged in have some firstaccess. 3424 if ($USER->firstaccess == 0) { 3425 $USER->firstaccess = $user->firstaccess = $now; 3426 } 3427 3428 // Store the previous current as lastlogin. 3429 $USER->lastlogin = $user->lastlogin = $USER->currentlogin; 3430 3431 $USER->currentlogin = $user->currentlogin = $now; 3432 3433 // Function user_accesstime_log() may not update immediately, better do it here. 3434 $USER->lastaccess = $user->lastaccess = $now; 3435 $USER->lastip = $user->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 3436 3437 // Note: do not call user_update_user() here because this is part of the login process, 3438 // the login event means that these fields were updated. 3439 $DB->update_record('user', $user); 3440 return true; 3441 } 3442 3443 /** 3444 * Determines if a user has completed setting up their account. 3445 * 3446 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to test for the existence of a valid name and email 3447 * @return bool 3448 */ 3449 function user_not_fully_set_up($user) { 3450 if (isguestuser($user)) { 3451 return false; 3452 } 3453 return (empty($user->firstname) or empty($user->lastname) or empty($user->email) or over_bounce_threshold($user)); 3454 } 3455 3456 /** 3457 * Check whether the user has exceeded the bounce threshold 3458 * 3459 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 3460 * @return bool true => User has exceeded bounce threshold 3461 */ 3462 function over_bounce_threshold($user) { 3463 global $CFG, $DB; 3464 3465 if (empty($CFG->handlebounces)) { 3466 return false; 3467 } 3468 3469 if (empty($user->id)) { 3470 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here. 3471 return false; 3472 } 3473 3474 // Set sensible defaults. 3475 if (empty($CFG->minbounces)) { 3476 $CFG->minbounces = 10; 3477 } 3478 if (empty($CFG->bounceratio)) { 3479 $CFG->bounceratio = .20; 3480 } 3481 $bouncecount = 0; 3482 $sendcount = 0; 3483 if ($bounce = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array ('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) { 3484 $bouncecount = $bounce->value; 3485 } 3486 if ($send = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) { 3487 $sendcount = $send->value; 3488 } 3489 return ($bouncecount >= $CFG->minbounces && $bouncecount/$sendcount >= $CFG->bounceratio); 3490 } 3491 3492 /** 3493 * Used to increment or reset email sent count 3494 * 3495 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id 3496 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0 3497 * @return void 3498 */ 3499 function set_send_count($user, $reset=false) { 3500 global $DB; 3501 3502 if (empty($user->id)) { 3503 // No real (DB) user, nothing to do here. 3504 return; 3505 } 3506 3507 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_send_count'))) { 3508 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1; 3509 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref); 3510 } else if (!empty($reset)) { 3511 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one. 3512 $pref = new stdClass(); 3513 $pref->name = 'email_send_count'; 3514 $pref->value = 1; 3515 $pref->userid = $user->id; 3516 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false); 3517 } 3518 } 3519 3520 /** 3521 * Increment or reset user's email bounce count 3522 * 3523 * @param stdClass $user object containing an id 3524 * @param bool $reset will reset the count to 0 3525 */ 3526 function set_bounce_count($user, $reset=false) { 3527 global $DB; 3528 3529 if ($pref = $DB->get_record('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id, 'name' => 'email_bounce_count'))) { 3530 $pref->value = (!empty($reset)) ? 0 : $pref->value+1; 3531 $DB->update_record('user_preferences', $pref); 3532 } else if (!empty($reset)) { 3533 // If it's not there and we're resetting, don't bother. Make a new one. 3534 $pref = new stdClass(); 3535 $pref->name = 'email_bounce_count'; 3536 $pref->value = 1; 3537 $pref->userid = $user->id; 3538 $DB->insert_record('user_preferences', $pref, false); 3539 } 3540 } 3541 3542 /** 3543 * Determines if the logged in user is currently moving an activity 3544 * 3545 * @param int $courseid The id of the course being tested 3546 * @return bool 3547 */ 3548 function ismoving($courseid) { 3549 global $USER; 3550 3551 if (!empty($USER->activitycopy)) { 3552 return ($USER->activitycopycourse == $courseid); 3553 } 3554 return false; 3555 } 3556 3557 /** 3558 * Returns a persons full name 3559 * 3560 * Given an object containing all of the users name values, this function returns a string with the full name of the person. 3561 * The result may depend on system settings or language. 'override' will force both names to be used even if system settings 3562 * specify one. 3563 * 3564 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object to get full name of. 3565 * @param bool $override If true then the name will be firstname followed by lastname rather than adhering to fullnamedisplay. 3566 * @return string 3567 */ 3568 function fullname($user, $override=false) { 3569 global $CFG, $SESSION; 3570 3571 if (!isset($user->firstname) and !isset($user->lastname)) { 3572 return ''; 3573 } 3574 3575 // Get all of the name fields. 3576 $allnames = get_all_user_name_fields(); 3577 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper) { 3578 foreach ($allnames as $allname) { 3579 if (!array_key_exists($allname, $user)) { 3580 // If all the user name fields are not set in the user object, then notify the programmer that it needs to be fixed. 3581 debugging('You need to update your sql to include additional name fields in the user object.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 3582 // Message has been sent, no point in sending the message multiple times. 3583 break; 3584 } 3585 } 3586 } 3587 3588 if (!$override) { 3589 if (!empty($CFG->forcefirstname)) { 3590 $user->firstname = $CFG->forcefirstname; 3591 } 3592 if (!empty($CFG->forcelastname)) { 3593 $user->lastname = $CFG->forcelastname; 3594 } 3595 } 3596 3597 if (!empty($SESSION->fullnamedisplay)) { 3598 $CFG->fullnamedisplay = $SESSION->fullnamedisplay; 3599 } 3600 3601 $template = null; 3602 // If the fullnamedisplay setting is available, set the template to that. 3603 if (isset($CFG->fullnamedisplay)) { 3604 $template = $CFG->fullnamedisplay; 3605 } 3606 // If the template is empty, or set to language, return the language string. 3607 if ((empty($template) || $template == 'language') && !$override) { 3608 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user); 3609 } 3610 3611 // Check to see if we are displaying according to the alternative full name format. 3612 if ($override) { 3613 if (empty($CFG->alternativefullnameformat) || $CFG->alternativefullnameformat == 'language') { 3614 // Default to show just the user names according to the fullnamedisplay string. 3615 return get_string('fullnamedisplay', null, $user); 3616 } else { 3617 // If the override is true, then change the template to use the complete name. 3618 $template = $CFG->alternativefullnameformat; 3619 } 3620 } 3621 3622 $requirednames = array(); 3623 // With each name, see if it is in the display name template, and add it to the required names array if it is. 3624 foreach ($allnames as $allname) { 3625 if (strpos($template, $allname) !== false) { 3626 $requirednames[] = $allname; 3627 } 3628 } 3629 3630 $displayname = $template; 3631 // Switch in the actual data into the template. 3632 foreach ($requirednames as $altname) { 3633 if (isset($user->$altname)) { 3634 // Using empty() on the below if statement causes breakages. 3635 if ((string)$user->$altname == '') { 3636 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname); 3637 } else { 3638 $displayname = str_replace($altname, $user->$altname, $displayname); 3639 } 3640 } else { 3641 $displayname = str_replace($altname, 'EMPTY', $displayname); 3642 } 3643 } 3644 // Tidy up any misc. characters (Not perfect, but gets most characters). 3645 // Don't remove the "u" at the end of the first expression unless you want garbled characters when combining hiragana or 3646 // katakana and parenthesis. 3647 $patterns = array(); 3648 // This regular expression replacement is to fix problems such as 'James () Kirk' Where 'Tiberius' (middlename) has not been 3649 // filled in by a user. 3650 // The special characters are Japanese brackets that are common enough to make allowances for them (not covered by :punct:). 3651 $patterns[] = '/[[:punct:]「」]*EMPTY[[:punct:]「」]*/u'; 3652 // This regular expression is to remove any double spaces in the display name. 3653 $patterns[] = '/\s{2,}/u'; 3654 foreach ($patterns as $pattern) { 3655 $displayname = preg_replace($pattern, ' ', $displayname); 3656 } 3657 3658 // Trimming $displayname will help the next check to ensure that we don't have a display name with spaces. 3659 $displayname = trim($displayname); 3660 if (empty($displayname)) { 3661 // Going with just the first name if no alternate fields are filled out. May be changed later depending on what 3662 // people in general feel is a good setting to fall back on. 3663 $displayname = $user->firstname; 3664 } 3665 return $displayname; 3666 } 3667 3668 /** 3669 * A centralised location for the all name fields. Returns an array / sql string snippet. 3670 * 3671 * @param bool $returnsql True for an sql select field snippet. 3672 * @param string $tableprefix table query prefix to use in front of each field. 3673 * @param string $prefix prefix added to the name fields e.g. authorfirstname. 3674 * @param string $fieldprefix sql field prefix e.g. id AS userid. 3675 * @param bool $order moves firstname and lastname to the top of the array / start of the string. 3676 * @return array|string All name fields. 3677 */ 3678 function get_all_user_name_fields($returnsql = false, $tableprefix = null, $prefix = null, $fieldprefix = null, $order = false) { 3679 // This array is provided in this order because when called by fullname() (above) if firstname is before 3680 // firstnamephonetic str_replace() will change the wrong placeholder. 3681 $alternatenames = array('firstnamephonetic' => 'firstnamephonetic', 3682 'lastnamephonetic' => 'lastnamephonetic', 3683 'middlename' => 'middlename', 3684 'alternatename' => 'alternatename', 3685 'firstname' => 'firstname', 3686 'lastname' => 'lastname'); 3687 3688 // Let's add a prefix to the array of user name fields if provided. 3689 if ($prefix) { 3690 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) { 3691 $alternatenames[$key] = $prefix . $altname; 3692 } 3693 } 3694 3695 // If we want the end result to have firstname and lastname at the front / top of the result. 3696 if ($order) { 3697 // Move the last two elements (firstname, lastname) off the array and put them at the top. 3698 for ($i = 0; $i < 2; $i++) { 3699 // Get the last element. 3700 $lastelement = end($alternatenames); 3701 // Remove it from the array. 3702 unset($alternatenames[$lastelement]); 3703 // Put the element back on the top of the array. 3704 $alternatenames = array_merge(array($lastelement => $lastelement), $alternatenames); 3705 } 3706 } 3707 3708 // Create an sql field snippet if requested. 3709 if ($returnsql) { 3710 if ($tableprefix) { 3711 if ($fieldprefix) { 3712 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) { 3713 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname . ' AS ' . $fieldprefix . $altname; 3714 } 3715 } else { 3716 foreach ($alternatenames as $key => $altname) { 3717 $alternatenames[$key] = $tableprefix . '.' . $altname; 3718 } 3719 } 3720 } 3721 $alternatenames = implode(',', $alternatenames); 3722 } 3723 return $alternatenames; 3724 } 3725 3726 /** 3727 * Reduces lines of duplicated code for getting user name fields. 3728 * 3729 * See also {@link user_picture::unalias()} 3730 * 3731 * @param object $addtoobject Object to add user name fields to. 3732 * @param object $secondobject Object that contains user name field information. 3733 * @param string $prefix prefix to be added to all fields (including $additionalfields) e.g. authorfirstname. 3734 * @param array $additionalfields Additional fields to be matched with data in the second object. 3735 * The key can be set to the user table field name. 3736 * @return object User name fields. 3737 */ 3738 function username_load_fields_from_object($addtoobject, $secondobject, $prefix = null, $additionalfields = null) { 3739 $fields = get_all_user_name_fields(false, null, $prefix); 3740 if ($additionalfields) { 3741 // Additional fields can specify their own 'alias' such as 'id' => 'userid'. This checks to see if 3742 // the key is a number and then sets the key to the array value. 3743 foreach ($additionalfields as $key => $value) { 3744 if (is_numeric($key)) { 3745 $additionalfields[$value] = $prefix . $value; 3746 unset($additionalfields[$key]); 3747 } else { 3748 $additionalfields[$key] = $prefix . $value; 3749 } 3750 } 3751 $fields = array_merge($fields, $additionalfields); 3752 } 3753 foreach ($fields as $key => $field) { 3754 // Important that we have all of the user name fields present in the object that we are sending back. 3755 $addtoobject->$key = ''; 3756 if (isset($secondobject->$field)) { 3757 $addtoobject->$key = $secondobject->$field; 3758 } 3759 } 3760 return $addtoobject; 3761 } 3762 3763 /** 3764 * Returns an array of values in order of occurance in a provided string. 3765 * The key in the result is the character postion in the string. 3766 * 3767 * @param array $values Values to be found in the string format 3768 * @param string $stringformat The string which may contain values being searched for. 3769 * @return array An array of values in order according to placement in the string format. 3770 */ 3771 function order_in_string($values, $stringformat) { 3772 $valuearray = array(); 3773 foreach ($values as $value) { 3774 $pattern = "/$value\b/"; 3775 // Using preg_match as strpos() may match values that are similar e.g. firstname and firstnamephonetic. 3776 if (preg_match($pattern, $stringformat)) { 3777 $replacement = "thing"; 3778 // Replace the value with something more unique to ensure we get the right position when using strpos(). 3779 $newformat = preg_replace($pattern, $replacement, $stringformat); 3780 $position = strpos($newformat, $replacement); 3781 $valuearray[$position] = $value; 3782 } 3783 } 3784 ksort($valuearray); 3785 return $valuearray; 3786 } 3787 3788 /** 3789 * Checks if current user is shown any extra fields when listing users. 3790 * 3791 * @param object $context Context 3792 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to show anyway 3793 * so don't bother listing them 3794 * @return array Array of field names from user table, not including anything 3795 * listed in $already 3796 */ 3797 function get_extra_user_fields($context, $already = array()) { 3798 global $CFG; 3799 3800 // Only users with permission get the extra fields. 3801 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:viewuseridentity', $context)) { 3802 return array(); 3803 } 3804 3805 // Split showuseridentity on comma. 3806 if (empty($CFG->showuseridentity)) { 3807 // Explode gives wrong result with empty string. 3808 $extra = array(); 3809 } else { 3810 $extra = explode(',', $CFG->showuseridentity); 3811 } 3812 $renumber = false; 3813 foreach ($extra as $key => $field) { 3814 if (in_array($field, $already)) { 3815 unset($extra[$key]); 3816 $renumber = true; 3817 } 3818 } 3819 if ($renumber) { 3820 // For consistency, if entries are removed from array, renumber it 3821 // so they are numbered as you would expect. 3822 $extra = array_merge($extra); 3823 } 3824 return $extra; 3825 } 3826 3827 /** 3828 * If the current user is to be shown extra user fields when listing or 3829 * selecting users, returns a string suitable for including in an SQL select 3830 * clause to retrieve those fields. 3831 * 3832 * @param context $context Context 3833 * @param string $alias Alias of user table, e.g. 'u' (default none) 3834 * @param string $prefix Prefix for field names using AS, e.g. 'u_' (default none) 3835 * @param array $already Array of fields that we're going to include anyway so don't list them (default none) 3836 * @return string Partial SQL select clause, beginning with comma, for example ',u.idnumber,u.department' unless it is blank 3837 */ 3838 function get_extra_user_fields_sql($context, $alias='', $prefix='', $already = array()) { 3839 $fields = get_extra_user_fields($context, $already); 3840 $result = ''; 3841 // Add punctuation for alias. 3842 if ($alias !== '') { 3843 $alias .= '.'; 3844 } 3845 foreach ($fields as $field) { 3846 $result .= ', ' . $alias . $field; 3847 if ($prefix) { 3848 $result .= ' AS ' . $prefix . $field; 3849 } 3850 } 3851 return $result; 3852 } 3853 3854 /** 3855 * Returns the display name of a field in the user table. Works for most fields that are commonly displayed to users. 3856 * @param string $field Field name, e.g. 'phone1' 3857 * @return string Text description taken from language file, e.g. 'Phone number' 3858 */ 3859 function get_user_field_name($field) { 3860 // Some fields have language strings which are not the same as field name. 3861 switch ($field) { 3862 case 'phone1' : { 3863 return get_string('phone'); 3864 } 3865 case 'url' : { 3866 return get_string('webpage'); 3867 } 3868 case 'icq' : { 3869 return get_string('icqnumber'); 3870 } 3871 case 'skype' : { 3872 return get_string('skypeid'); 3873 } 3874 case 'aim' : { 3875 return get_string('aimid'); 3876 } 3877 case 'yahoo' : { 3878 return get_string('yahooid'); 3879 } 3880 case 'msn' : { 3881 return get_string('msnid'); 3882 } 3883 } 3884 // Otherwise just use the same lang string. 3885 return get_string($field); 3886 } 3887 3888 /** 3889 * Returns whether a given authentication plugin exists. 3890 * 3891 * @param string $auth Form of authentication to check for. Defaults to the global setting in {@link $CFG}. 3892 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is available. 3893 */ 3894 function exists_auth_plugin($auth) { 3895 global $CFG; 3896 3897 if (file_exists("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php")) { 3898 return is_readable("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php"); 3899 } 3900 return false; 3901 } 3902 3903 /** 3904 * Checks if a given plugin is in the list of enabled authentication plugins. 3905 * 3906 * @param string $auth Authentication plugin. 3907 * @return boolean Whether the plugin is enabled. 3908 */ 3909 function is_enabled_auth($auth) { 3910 if (empty($auth)) { 3911 return false; 3912 } 3913 3914 $enabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 3915 3916 return in_array($auth, $enabled); 3917 } 3918 3919 /** 3920 * Returns an authentication plugin instance. 3921 * 3922 * @param string $auth name of authentication plugin 3923 * @return auth_plugin_base An instance of the required authentication plugin. 3924 */ 3925 function get_auth_plugin($auth) { 3926 global $CFG; 3927 3928 // Check the plugin exists first. 3929 if (! exists_auth_plugin($auth)) { 3930 print_error('authpluginnotfound', 'debug', '', $auth); 3931 } 3932 3933 // Return auth plugin instance. 3934 require_once("{$CFG->dirroot}/auth/$auth/auth.php"); 3935 $class = "auth_plugin_$auth"; 3936 return new $class; 3937 } 3938 3939 /** 3940 * Returns array of active auth plugins. 3941 * 3942 * @param bool $fix fix $CFG->auth if needed 3943 * @return array 3944 */ 3945 function get_enabled_auth_plugins($fix=false) { 3946 global $CFG; 3947 3948 $default = array('manual', 'nologin'); 3949 3950 if (empty($CFG->auth)) { 3951 $auths = array(); 3952 } else { 3953 $auths = explode(',', $CFG->auth); 3954 } 3955 3956 if ($fix) { 3957 $auths = array_unique($auths); 3958 foreach ($auths as $k => $authname) { 3959 if (!exists_auth_plugin($authname) or in_array($authname, $default)) { 3960 unset($auths[$k]); 3961 } 3962 } 3963 $newconfig = implode(',', $auths); 3964 if (!isset($CFG->auth) or $newconfig != $CFG->auth) { 3965 set_config('auth', $newconfig); 3966 } 3967 } 3968 3969 return (array_merge($default, $auths)); 3970 } 3971 3972 /** 3973 * Returns true if an internal authentication method is being used. 3974 * if method not specified then, global default is assumed 3975 * 3976 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required 3977 * @return bool 3978 */ 3979 function is_internal_auth($auth) { 3980 // Throws error if bad $auth. 3981 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 3982 return $authplugin->is_internal(); 3983 } 3984 3985 /** 3986 * Returns true if the user is a 'restored' one. 3987 * 3988 * Used in the login process to inform the user and allow him/her to reset the password 3989 * 3990 * @param string $username username to be checked 3991 * @return bool 3992 */ 3993 function is_restored_user($username) { 3994 global $CFG, $DB; 3995 3996 return $DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'password' => 'restored')); 3997 } 3998 3999 /** 4000 * Returns an array of user fields 4001 * 4002 * @return array User field/column names 4003 */ 4004 function get_user_fieldnames() { 4005 global $DB; 4006 4007 $fieldarray = $DB->get_columns('user'); 4008 unset($fieldarray['id']); 4009 $fieldarray = array_keys($fieldarray); 4010 4011 return $fieldarray; 4012 } 4013 4014 /** 4015 * Creates a bare-bones user record 4016 * 4017 * @todo Outline auth types and provide code example 4018 * 4019 * @param string $username New user's username to add to record 4020 * @param string $password New user's password to add to record 4021 * @param string $auth Form of authentication required 4022 * @return stdClass A complete user object 4023 */ 4024 function create_user_record($username, $password, $auth = 'manual') { 4025 global $CFG, $DB; 4026 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php'); 4027 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 4028 4029 // Just in case check text case. 4030 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username)); 4031 4032 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 4033 $customfields = $authplugin->get_custom_user_profile_fields(); 4034 $newuser = new stdClass(); 4035 if ($newinfo = $authplugin->get_userinfo($username)) { 4036 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo); 4037 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) { 4038 if (in_array($key, $authplugin->userfields) || (in_array($key, $customfields))) { 4039 $newuser->$key = $value; 4040 } 4041 } 4042 } 4043 4044 if (!empty($newuser->email)) { 4045 if (email_is_not_allowed($newuser->email)) { 4046 unset($newuser->email); 4047 } 4048 } 4049 4050 if (!isset($newuser->city)) { 4051 $newuser->city = ''; 4052 } 4053 4054 $newuser->auth = $auth; 4055 $newuser->username = $username; 4056 4057 // Fix for MDL-8480 4058 // user CFG lang for user if $newuser->lang is empty 4059 // or $user->lang is not an installed language. 4060 if (empty($newuser->lang) || !get_string_manager()->translation_exists($newuser->lang)) { 4061 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang; 4062 } 4063 $newuser->confirmed = 1; 4064 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 4065 $newuser->timecreated = time(); 4066 $newuser->timemodified = $newuser->timecreated; 4067 $newuser->mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id; 4068 4069 $newuser->id = user_create_user($newuser, false, false); 4070 4071 // Save user profile data. 4072 profile_save_data($newuser); 4073 4074 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $newuser->id); 4075 if (!empty($CFG->{'auth_'.$newuser->auth.'_forcechangepassword'})) { 4076 set_user_preference('auth_forcepasswordchange', 1, $user); 4077 } 4078 // Set the password. 4079 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 4080 4081 // Trigger event. 4082 \core\event\user_created::create_from_userid($newuser->id)->trigger(); 4083 4084 return $user; 4085 } 4086 4087 /** 4088 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!). 4089 * 4090 * @param string $username user's username to update the record 4091 * @return stdClass A complete user object 4092 */ 4093 function update_user_record($username) { 4094 global $DB, $CFG; 4095 // Just in case check text case. 4096 $username = trim(core_text::strtolower($username)); 4097 4098 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id), '*', MUST_EXIST); 4099 return update_user_record_by_id($oldinfo->id); 4100 } 4101 4102 /** 4103 * Will update a local user record from an external source (MNET users can not be updated using this method!). 4104 * 4105 * @param int $id user id 4106 * @return stdClass A complete user object 4107 */ 4108 function update_user_record_by_id($id) { 4109 global $DB, $CFG; 4110 require_once($CFG->dirroot."/user/profile/lib.php"); 4111 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 4112 4113 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'id' => $id, 'deleted' => 0); 4114 $oldinfo = $DB->get_record('user', $params, '*', MUST_EXIST); 4115 4116 $newuser = array(); 4117 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($oldinfo->auth); 4118 4119 if ($newinfo = $userauth->get_userinfo($oldinfo->username)) { 4120 $newinfo = truncate_userinfo($newinfo); 4121 $customfields = $userauth->get_custom_user_profile_fields(); 4122 4123 foreach ($newinfo as $key => $value) { 4124 $key = strtolower($key); 4125 $iscustom = in_array($key, $customfields); 4126 if ((!property_exists($oldinfo, $key) && !$iscustom) or $key === 'username' or $key === 'id' 4127 or $key === 'auth' or $key === 'mnethostid' or $key === 'deleted') { 4128 // Unknown or must not be changed. 4129 continue; 4130 } 4131 $confval = $userauth->config->{'field_updatelocal_' . $key}; 4132 $lockval = $userauth->config->{'field_lock_' . $key}; 4133 if (empty($confval) || empty($lockval)) { 4134 continue; 4135 } 4136 if ($confval === 'onlogin') { 4137 // MDL-4207 Don't overwrite modified user profile values with 4138 // empty LDAP values when 'unlocked if empty' is set. The purpose 4139 // of the setting 'unlocked if empty' is to allow the user to fill 4140 // in a value for the selected field _if LDAP is giving 4141 // nothing_ for this field. Thus it makes sense to let this value 4142 // stand in until LDAP is giving a value for this field. 4143 if (!(empty($value) && $lockval === 'unlockedifempty')) { 4144 if ($iscustom || (in_array($key, $userauth->userfields) && 4145 ((string)$oldinfo->$key !== (string)$value))) { 4146 $newuser[$key] = (string)$value; 4147 } 4148 } 4149 } 4150 } 4151 if ($newuser) { 4152 $newuser['id'] = $oldinfo->id; 4153 $newuser['timemodified'] = time(); 4154 user_update_user((object) $newuser, false, false); 4155 4156 // Save user profile data. 4157 profile_save_data((object) $newuser); 4158 4159 // Trigger event. 4160 \core\event\user_updated::create_from_userid($newuser['id'])->trigger(); 4161 } 4162 } 4163 4164 return get_complete_user_data('id', $oldinfo->id); 4165 } 4166 4167 /** 4168 * Will truncate userinfo as it comes from auth_get_userinfo (from external auth) which may have large fields. 4169 * 4170 * @param array $info Array of user properties to truncate if needed 4171 * @return array The now truncated information that was passed in 4172 */ 4173 function truncate_userinfo(array $info) { 4174 // Define the limits. 4175 $limit = array( 4176 'username' => 100, 4177 'idnumber' => 255, 4178 'firstname' => 100, 4179 'lastname' => 100, 4180 'email' => 100, 4181 'icq' => 15, 4182 'phone1' => 20, 4183 'phone2' => 20, 4184 'institution' => 255, 4185 'department' => 255, 4186 'address' => 255, 4187 'city' => 120, 4188 'country' => 2, 4189 'url' => 255, 4190 ); 4191 4192 // Apply where needed. 4193 foreach (array_keys($info) as $key) { 4194 if (!empty($limit[$key])) { 4195 $info[$key] = trim(core_text::substr($info[$key], 0, $limit[$key])); 4196 } 4197 } 4198 4199 return $info; 4200 } 4201 4202 /** 4203 * Marks user deleted in internal user database and notifies the auth plugin. 4204 * Also unenrols user from all roles and does other cleanup. 4205 * 4206 * Any plugin that needs to purge user data should register the 'user_deleted' event. 4207 * 4208 * @param stdClass $user full user object before delete 4209 * @return boolean success 4210 * @throws coding_exception if invalid $user parameter detected 4211 */ 4212 function delete_user(stdClass $user) { 4213 global $CFG, $DB; 4214 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/grouplib.php'); 4215 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 4216 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/message/lib.php'); 4217 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/tag/lib.php'); 4218 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/lib.php'); 4219 4220 // Make sure nobody sends bogus record type as parameter. 4221 if (!property_exists($user, 'id') or !property_exists($user, 'username')) { 4222 throw new coding_exception('Invalid $user parameter in delete_user() detected'); 4223 } 4224 4225 // Better not trust the parameter and fetch the latest info this will be very expensive anyway. 4226 if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id))) { 4227 debugging('Attempt to delete unknown user account.'); 4228 return false; 4229 } 4230 4231 // There must be always exactly one guest record, originally the guest account was identified by username only, 4232 // now we use $CFG->siteguest for performance reasons. 4233 if ($user->username === 'guest' or isguestuser($user)) { 4234 debugging('Guest user account can not be deleted.'); 4235 return false; 4236 } 4237 4238 // Admin can be theoretically from different auth plugin, but we want to prevent deletion of internal accoutns only, 4239 // if anything goes wrong ppl may force somebody to be admin via config.php setting $CFG->siteadmins. 4240 if ($user->auth === 'manual' and is_siteadmin($user)) { 4241 debugging('Local administrator accounts can not be deleted.'); 4242 return false; 4243 } 4244 4245 // Keep user record before updating it, as we have to pass this to user_deleted event. 4246 $olduser = clone $user; 4247 4248 // Keep a copy of user context, we need it for event. 4249 $usercontext = context_user::instance($user->id); 4250 4251 // Delete all grades - backup is kept in grade_grades_history table. 4252 grade_user_delete($user->id); 4253 4254 // Move unread messages from this user to read. 4255 message_move_userfrom_unread2read($user->id); 4256 4257 // TODO: remove from cohorts using standard API here. 4258 4259 // Remove user tags. 4260 tag_set('user', $user->id, array(), 'core', $usercontext->id); 4261 4262 // Unconditionally unenrol from all courses. 4263 enrol_user_delete($user); 4264 4265 // Unenrol from all roles in all contexts. 4266 // This might be slow but it is really needed - modules might do some extra cleanup! 4267 role_unassign_all(array('userid' => $user->id)); 4268 4269 // Now do a brute force cleanup. 4270 4271 // Remove from all cohorts. 4272 $DB->delete_records('cohort_members', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4273 4274 // Remove from all groups. 4275 $DB->delete_records('groups_members', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4276 4277 // Brute force unenrol from all courses. 4278 $DB->delete_records('user_enrolments', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4279 4280 // Purge user preferences. 4281 $DB->delete_records('user_preferences', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4282 4283 // Purge user extra profile info. 4284 $DB->delete_records('user_info_data', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4285 4286 // Last course access not necessary either. 4287 $DB->delete_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4288 // Remove all user tokens. 4289 $DB->delete_records('external_tokens', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4290 4291 // Unauthorise the user for all services. 4292 $DB->delete_records('external_services_users', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4293 4294 // Remove users private keys. 4295 $DB->delete_records('user_private_key', array('userid' => $user->id)); 4296 4297 // Remove users customised pages. 4298 $DB->delete_records('my_pages', array('userid' => $user->id, 'private' => 1)); 4299 4300 // Force logout - may fail if file based sessions used, sorry. 4301 \core\session\manager::kill_user_sessions($user->id); 4302 4303 // Workaround for bulk deletes of users with the same email address. 4304 $delname = clean_param($user->email . "." . time(), PARAM_USERNAME); 4305 while ($DB->record_exists('user', array('username' => $delname))) { // No need to use mnethostid here. 4306 $delname++; 4307 } 4308 4309 // Mark internal user record as "deleted". 4310 $updateuser = new stdClass(); 4311 $updateuser->id = $user->id; 4312 $updateuser->deleted = 1; 4313 $updateuser->username = $delname; // Remember it just in case. 4314 $updateuser->email = md5($user->username);// Store hash of username, useful importing/restoring users. 4315 $updateuser->idnumber = ''; // Clear this field to free it up. 4316 $updateuser->picture = 0; 4317 $updateuser->timemodified = time(); 4318 4319 // Don't trigger update event, as user is being deleted. 4320 user_update_user($updateuser, false, false); 4321 4322 // Now do a final accesslib cleanup - removes all role assignments in user context and context itself. 4323 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_USER, $user->id); 4324 4325 // Any plugin that needs to cleanup should register this event. 4326 // Trigger event. 4327 $event = \core\event\user_deleted::create( 4328 array( 4329 'objectid' => $user->id, 4330 'relateduserid' => $user->id, 4331 'context' => $usercontext, 4332 'other' => array( 4333 'username' => $user->username, 4334 'email' => $user->email, 4335 'idnumber' => $user->idnumber, 4336 'picture' => $user->picture, 4337 'mnethostid' => $user->mnethostid 4338 ) 4339 ) 4340 ); 4341 $event->add_record_snapshot('user', $olduser); 4342 $event->trigger(); 4343 4344 // We will update the user's timemodified, as it will be passed to the user_deleted event, which 4345 // should know about this updated property persisted to the user's table. 4346 $user->timemodified = $updateuser->timemodified; 4347 4348 // Notify auth plugin - do not block the delete even when plugin fails. 4349 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 4350 $authplugin->user_delete($user); 4351 4352 return true; 4353 } 4354 4355 /** 4356 * Retrieve the guest user object. 4357 * 4358 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object 4359 */ 4360 function guest_user() { 4361 global $CFG, $DB; 4362 4363 if ($newuser = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $CFG->siteguest))) { 4364 $newuser->confirmed = 1; 4365 $newuser->lang = $CFG->lang; 4366 $newuser->lastip = getremoteaddr(); 4367 } 4368 4369 return $newuser; 4370 } 4371 4372 /** 4373 * Authenticates a user against the chosen authentication mechanism 4374 * 4375 * Given a username and password, this function looks them 4376 * up using the currently selected authentication mechanism, 4377 * and if the authentication is successful, it returns a 4378 * valid $user object from the 'user' table. 4379 * 4380 * Uses auth_ functions from the currently active auth module 4381 * 4382 * After authenticate_user_login() returns success, you will need to 4383 * log that the user has logged in, and call complete_user_login() to set 4384 * the session up. 4385 * 4386 * Note: this function works only with non-mnet accounts! 4387 * 4388 * @param string $username User's username (or also email if $CFG->authloginviaemail enabled) 4389 * @param string $password User's password 4390 * @param bool $ignorelockout useful when guessing is prevented by other mechanism such as captcha or SSO 4391 * @param int $failurereason login failure reason, can be used in renderers (it may disclose if account exists) 4392 * @return stdClass|false A {@link $USER} object or false if error 4393 */ 4394 function authenticate_user_login($username, $password, $ignorelockout=false, &$failurereason=null) { 4395 global $CFG, $DB; 4396 require_once("$CFG->libdir/authlib.php"); 4397 4398 if ($user = get_complete_user_data('username', $username, $CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) { 4399 // we have found the user 4400 4401 } else if (!empty($CFG->authloginviaemail)) { 4402 if ($email = clean_param($username, PARAM_EMAIL)) { 4403 $select = "mnethostid = :mnethostid AND LOWER(email) = LOWER(:email) AND deleted = 0"; 4404 $params = array('mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'email' => $email); 4405 $users = $DB->get_records_select('user', $select, $params, 'id', 'id', 0, 2); 4406 if (count($users) === 1) { 4407 // Use email for login only if unique. 4408 $user = reset($users); 4409 $user = get_complete_user_data('id', $user->id); 4410 $username = $user->username; 4411 } 4412 unset($users); 4413 } 4414 } 4415 4416 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins(); 4417 4418 if ($user) { 4419 // Use manual if auth not set. 4420 $auth = empty($user->auth) ? 'manual' : $user->auth; 4421 if (!empty($user->suspended)) { 4422 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4423 4424 // Trigger login failed event. 4425 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4426 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4427 $event->trigger(); 4428 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4429 return false; 4430 } 4431 if ($auth=='nologin' or !is_enabled_auth($auth)) { 4432 // Legacy way to suspend user. 4433 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4434 4435 // Trigger login failed event. 4436 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4437 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4438 $event->trigger(); 4439 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Disabled Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4440 return false; 4441 } 4442 $auths = array($auth); 4443 4444 } else { 4445 // Check if there's a deleted record (cheaply), this should not happen because we mangle usernames in delete_user(). 4446 if ($DB->get_field('user', 'id', array('username' => $username, 'mnethostid' => $CFG->mnet_localhost_id, 'deleted' => 1))) { 4447 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4448 4449 // Trigger login failed event. 4450 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4451 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4452 $event->trigger(); 4453 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Deleted Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4454 return false; 4455 } 4456 4457 // User does not exist. 4458 $auths = $authsenabled; 4459 $user = new stdClass(); 4460 $user->id = 0; 4461 } 4462 4463 if ($ignorelockout) { 4464 // Some other mechanism protects against brute force password guessing, for example login form might include reCAPTCHA 4465 // or this function is called from a SSO script. 4466 } else if ($user->id) { 4467 // Verify login lockout after other ways that may prevent user login. 4468 if (login_is_lockedout($user)) { 4469 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_LOCKOUT; 4470 4471 // Trigger login failed event. 4472 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4473 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4474 $event->trigger(); 4475 4476 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Login lockout: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4477 return false; 4478 } 4479 } else { 4480 // We can not lockout non-existing accounts. 4481 } 4482 4483 foreach ($auths as $auth) { 4484 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth); 4485 4486 // On auth fail fall through to the next plugin. 4487 if (!$authplugin->user_login($username, $password)) { 4488 continue; 4489 } 4490 4491 // Successful authentication. 4492 if ($user->id) { 4493 // User already exists in database. 4494 if (empty($user->auth)) { 4495 // For some reason auth isn't set yet. 4496 $DB->set_field('user', 'auth', $auth, array('id' => $user->id)); 4497 $user->auth = $auth; 4498 } 4499 4500 // If the existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy md5 algorithm), then we should update to 4501 // the current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password. 4502 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 4503 4504 if ($authplugin->is_synchronised_with_external()) { 4505 // Update user record from external DB. 4506 $user = update_user_record_by_id($user->id); 4507 } 4508 } else { 4509 // The user is authenticated but user creation may be disabled. 4510 if (!empty($CFG->authpreventaccountcreation)) { 4511 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_UNAUTHORISED; 4512 4513 // Trigger login failed event. 4514 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4515 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4516 $event->trigger(); 4517 4518 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Unknown user, can not create new accounts: $username ". 4519 $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4520 return false; 4521 } else { 4522 $user = create_user_record($username, $password, $auth); 4523 } 4524 } 4525 4526 $authplugin->sync_roles($user); 4527 4528 foreach ($authsenabled as $hau) { 4529 $hauth = get_auth_plugin($hau); 4530 $hauth->user_authenticated_hook($user, $username, $password); 4531 } 4532 4533 if (empty($user->id)) { 4534 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4535 // Trigger login failed event. 4536 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4537 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4538 $event->trigger(); 4539 return false; 4540 } 4541 4542 if (!empty($user->suspended)) { 4543 // Just in case some auth plugin suspended account. 4544 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_SUSPENDED; 4545 // Trigger login failed event. 4546 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4547 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4548 $event->trigger(); 4549 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Suspended Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 login_attempt_valid($user); 4554 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_OK; 4555 return $user; 4556 } 4557 4558 // Failed if all the plugins have failed. 4559 if (debugging('', DEBUG_ALL)) { 4560 error_log('[client '.getremoteaddr()."] $CFG->wwwroot Failed Login: $username ".$_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT']); 4561 } 4562 4563 if ($user->id) { 4564 login_attempt_failed($user); 4565 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_FAILED; 4566 // Trigger login failed event. 4567 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('userid' => $user->id, 4568 'other' => array('username' => $username, 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4569 $event->trigger(); 4570 } else { 4571 $failurereason = AUTH_LOGIN_NOUSER; 4572 // Trigger login failed event. 4573 $event = \core\event\user_login_failed::create(array('other' => array('username' => $username, 4574 'reason' => $failurereason))); 4575 $event->trigger(); 4576 } 4577 4578 return false; 4579 } 4580 4581 /** 4582 * Call to complete the user login process after authenticate_user_login() 4583 * has succeeded. It will setup the $USER variable and other required bits 4584 * and pieces. 4585 * 4586 * NOTE: 4587 * - It will NOT log anything -- up to the caller to decide what to log. 4588 * - this function does not set any cookies any more! 4589 * 4590 * @param stdClass $user 4591 * @return stdClass A {@link $USER} object - BC only, do not use 4592 */ 4593 function complete_user_login($user) { 4594 global $CFG, $USER; 4595 4596 \core\session\manager::login_user($user); 4597 4598 // Reload preferences from DB. 4599 unset($USER->preference); 4600 check_user_preferences_loaded($USER); 4601 4602 // Update login times. 4603 update_user_login_times(); 4604 4605 // Extra session prefs init. 4606 set_login_session_preferences(); 4607 4608 // Trigger login event. 4609 $event = \core\event\user_loggedin::create( 4610 array( 4611 'userid' => $USER->id, 4612 'objectid' => $USER->id, 4613 'other' => array('username' => $USER->username), 4614 ) 4615 ); 4616 $event->trigger(); 4617 4618 if (isguestuser()) { 4619 // No need to continue when user is THE guest. 4620 return $USER; 4621 } 4622 4623 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 4624 // We can redirect to password change URL only in browser. 4625 return $USER; 4626 } 4627 4628 // Select password change url. 4629 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($USER->auth); 4630 4631 // Check whether the user should be changing password. 4632 if (get_user_preferences('auth_forcepasswordchange', false)) { 4633 if ($userauth->can_change_password()) { 4634 if ($changeurl = $userauth->change_password_url()) { 4635 redirect($changeurl); 4636 } else { 4637 redirect($CFG->httpswwwroot.'/login/change_password.php'); 4638 } 4639 } else { 4640 print_error('nopasswordchangeforced', 'auth'); 4641 } 4642 } 4643 return $USER; 4644 } 4645 4646 /** 4647 * Check a password hash to see if it was hashed using the legacy hash algorithm (md5). 4648 * 4649 * @param string $password String to check. 4650 * @return boolean True if the $password matches the format of an md5 sum. 4651 */ 4652 function password_is_legacy_hash($password) { 4653 return (bool) preg_match('/^[0-9a-f]{32}$/', $password); 4654 } 4655 4656 /** 4657 * Compare password against hash stored in user object to determine if it is valid. 4658 * 4659 * If necessary it also updates the stored hash to the current format. 4660 * 4661 * @param stdClass $user (Password property may be updated). 4662 * @param string $password Plain text password. 4663 * @return bool True if password is valid. 4664 */ 4665 function validate_internal_user_password($user, $password) { 4666 global $CFG; 4667 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/password_compat/lib/password.php'); 4668 4669 if ($user->password === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) { 4670 // Internal password is not used at all, it can not validate. 4671 return false; 4672 } 4673 4674 // If hash isn't a legacy (md5) hash, validate using the library function. 4675 if (!password_is_legacy_hash($user->password)) { 4676 return password_verify($password, $user->password); 4677 } 4678 4679 // Otherwise we need to check for a legacy (md5) hash instead. If the hash 4680 // is valid we can then update it to the new algorithm. 4681 4682 $sitesalt = isset($CFG->passwordsaltmain) ? $CFG->passwordsaltmain : ''; 4683 $validated = false; 4684 4685 if ($user->password === md5($password.$sitesalt) 4686 or $user->password === md5($password) 4687 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$sitesalt) 4688 or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password))) { 4689 // Note: we are intentionally using the addslashes() here because we 4690 // need to accept old password hashes of passwords with magic quotes. 4691 $validated = true; 4692 4693 } else { 4694 for ($i=1; $i<=20; $i++) { // 20 alternative salts should be enough, right? 4695 $alt = 'passwordsaltalt'.$i; 4696 if (!empty($CFG->$alt)) { 4697 if ($user->password === md5($password.$CFG->$alt) or $user->password === md5(addslashes($password).$CFG->$alt)) { 4698 $validated = true; 4699 break; 4700 } 4701 } 4702 } 4703 } 4704 4705 if ($validated) { 4706 // If the password matches the existing md5 hash, update to the 4707 // current hash algorithm while we have access to the user's password. 4708 update_internal_user_password($user, $password); 4709 } 4710 4711 return $validated; 4712 } 4713 4714 /** 4715 * Calculate hash for a plain text password. 4716 * 4717 * @param string $password Plain text password to be hashed. 4718 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash 4719 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash 4720 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to 4721 * be generated quickly. 4722 * @return string The hashed password. 4723 * 4724 * @throws moodle_exception If a problem occurs while generating the hash. 4725 */ 4726 function hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash = false) { 4727 global $CFG; 4728 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/password_compat/lib/password.php'); 4729 4730 // Set the cost factor to 4 for fast hashing, otherwise use default cost. 4731 $options = ($fasthash) ? array('cost' => 4) : array(); 4732 4733 $generatedhash = password_hash($password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT, $options); 4734 4735 if ($generatedhash === false || $generatedhash === null) { 4736 throw new moodle_exception('Failed to generate password hash.'); 4737 } 4738 4739 return $generatedhash; 4740 } 4741 4742 /** 4743 * Update password hash in user object (if necessary). 4744 * 4745 * The password is updated if: 4746 * 1. The password has changed (the hash of $user->password is different 4747 * to the hash of $password). 4748 * 2. The existing hash is using an out-of-date algorithm (or the legacy 4749 * md5 algorithm). 4750 * 4751 * Updating the password will modify the $user object and the database 4752 * record to use the current hashing algorithm. 4753 * 4754 * @param stdClass $user User object (password property may be updated). 4755 * @param string $password Plain text password. 4756 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash 4757 * This is much faster to generate but makes the hash 4758 * less secure. It is used when lots of hashes need to 4759 * be generated quickly. 4760 * @return bool Always returns true. 4761 */ 4762 function update_internal_user_password($user, $password, $fasthash = false) { 4763 global $CFG, $DB; 4764 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/password_compat/lib/password.php'); 4765 4766 // Figure out what the hashed password should be. 4767 if (!isset($user->auth)) { 4768 debugging('User record in update_internal_user_password() must include field auth', 4769 DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 4770 $user->auth = $DB->get_field('user', 'auth', array('id' => $user->id)); 4771 } 4772 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 4773 if ($authplugin->prevent_local_passwords()) { 4774 $hashedpassword = AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED; 4775 } else { 4776 $hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password, $fasthash); 4777 } 4778 4779 $algorithmchanged = false; 4780 4781 if ($hashedpassword === AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED) { 4782 // Password is not cached, update it if not set to AUTH_PASSWORD_NOT_CACHED. 4783 $passwordchanged = ($user->password !== $hashedpassword); 4784 4785 } else if (isset($user->password)) { 4786 // If verification fails then it means the password has changed. 4787 $passwordchanged = !password_verify($password, $user->password); 4788 $algorithmchanged = password_needs_rehash($user->password, PASSWORD_DEFAULT); 4789 } else { 4790 // While creating new user, password in unset in $user object, to avoid 4791 // saving it with user_create() 4792 $passwordchanged = true; 4793 } 4794 4795 if ($passwordchanged || $algorithmchanged) { 4796 $DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id' => $user->id)); 4797 $user->password = $hashedpassword; 4798 4799 // Trigger event. 4800 $user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id' => $user->id)); 4801 \core\event\user_password_updated::create_from_user($user)->trigger(); 4802 } 4803 4804 return true; 4805 } 4806 4807 /** 4808 * Get a complete user record, which includes all the info in the user record. 4809 * 4810 * Intended for setting as $USER session variable 4811 * 4812 * @param string $field The user field to be checked for a given value. 4813 * @param string $value The value to match for $field. 4814 * @param int $mnethostid 4815 * @return mixed False, or A {@link $USER} object. 4816 */ 4817 function get_complete_user_data($field, $value, $mnethostid = null) { 4818 global $CFG, $DB; 4819 4820 if (!$field || !$value) { 4821 return false; 4822 } 4823 4824 // Build the WHERE clause for an SQL query. 4825 $params = array('fieldval' => $value); 4826 $constraints = "$field = :fieldval AND deleted <> 1"; 4827 4828 // If we are loading user data based on anything other than id, 4829 // we must also restrict our search based on mnet host. 4830 if ($field != 'id') { 4831 if (empty($mnethostid)) { 4832 // If empty, we restrict to local users. 4833 $mnethostid = $CFG->mnet_localhost_id; 4834 } 4835 } 4836 if (!empty($mnethostid)) { 4837 $params['mnethostid'] = $mnethostid; 4838 $constraints .= " AND mnethostid = :mnethostid"; 4839 } 4840 4841 // Get all the basic user data. 4842 if (! $user = $DB->get_record_select('user', $constraints, $params)) { 4843 return false; 4844 } 4845 4846 // Get various settings and preferences. 4847 4848 // Preload preference cache. 4849 check_user_preferences_loaded($user); 4850 4851 // Load course enrolment related stuff. 4852 $user->lastcourseaccess = array(); // During last session. 4853 $user->currentcourseaccess = array(); // During current session. 4854 if ($lastaccesses = $DB->get_records('user_lastaccess', array('userid' => $user->id))) { 4855 foreach ($lastaccesses as $lastaccess) { 4856 $user->lastcourseaccess[$lastaccess->courseid] = $lastaccess->timeaccess; 4857 } 4858 } 4859 4860 $sql = "SELECT g.id, g.courseid 4861 FROM {groups} g, {groups_members} gm 4862 WHERE gm.groupid=g.id AND gm.userid=?"; 4863 4864 // This is a special hack to speedup calendar display. 4865 $user->groupmember = array(); 4866 if (!isguestuser($user)) { 4867 if ($groups = $DB->get_records_sql($sql, array($user->id))) { 4868 foreach ($groups as $group) { 4869 if (!array_key_exists($group->courseid, $user->groupmember)) { 4870 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid] = array(); 4871 } 4872 $user->groupmember[$group->courseid][$group->id] = $group->id; 4873 } 4874 } 4875 } 4876 4877 // Add the custom profile fields to the user record. 4878 $user->profile = array(); 4879 if (!isguestuser($user)) { 4880 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/user/profile/lib.php'); 4881 profile_load_custom_fields($user); 4882 } 4883 4884 // Rewrite some variables if necessary. 4885 if (!empty($user->description)) { 4886 // No need to cart all of it around. 4887 $user->description = true; 4888 } 4889 if (isguestuser($user)) { 4890 // Guest language always same as site. 4891 $user->lang = $CFG->lang; 4892 // Name always in current language. 4893 $user->firstname = get_string('guestuser'); 4894 $user->lastname = ' '; 4895 } 4896 4897 return $user; 4898 } 4899 4900 /** 4901 * Validate a password against the configured password policy 4902 * 4903 * @param string $password the password to be checked against the password policy 4904 * @param string $errmsg the error message to display when the password doesn't comply with the policy. 4905 * @return bool true if the password is valid according to the policy. false otherwise. 4906 */ 4907 function check_password_policy($password, &$errmsg) { 4908 global $CFG; 4909 4910 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) { 4911 return true; 4912 } 4913 4914 $errmsg = ''; 4915 if (core_text::strlen($password) < $CFG->minpasswordlength) { 4916 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlength', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlength) .'</div>'; 4917 4918 } 4919 if (preg_match_all('/[[:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpassworddigits) { 4920 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpassworddigits', 'auth', $CFG->minpassworddigits) .'</div>'; 4921 4922 } 4923 if (preg_match_all('/[[:lower:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordlower) { 4924 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordlower', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordlower) .'</div>'; 4925 4926 } 4927 if (preg_match_all('/[[:upper:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordupper) { 4928 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordupper', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordupper) .'</div>'; 4929 4930 } 4931 if (preg_match_all('/[^[:upper:][:lower:][:digit:]]/u', $password, $matches) < $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) { 4932 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errorminpasswordnonalphanum', 'auth', $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum) .'</div>'; 4933 } 4934 if (!check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars)) { 4935 $errmsg .= '<div>'. get_string('errormaxconsecutiveidentchars', 'auth', $CFG->maxconsecutiveidentchars) .'</div>'; 4936 } 4937 4938 if ($errmsg == '') { 4939 return true; 4940 } else { 4941 return false; 4942 } 4943 } 4944 4945 4946 /** 4947 * When logging in, this function is run to set certain preferences for the current SESSION. 4948 */ 4949 function set_login_session_preferences() { 4950 global $SESSION; 4951 4952 $SESSION->justloggedin = true; 4953 4954 unset($SESSION->lang); 4955 unset($SESSION->forcelang); 4956 unset($SESSION->load_navigation_admin); 4957 } 4958 4959 4960 /** 4961 * Delete a course, including all related data from the database, and any associated files. 4962 * 4963 * @param mixed $courseorid The id of the course or course object to delete. 4964 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs. 4965 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this 4966 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others 4967 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which. 4968 */ 4969 function delete_course($courseorid, $showfeedback = true) { 4970 global $DB; 4971 4972 if (is_object($courseorid)) { 4973 $courseid = $courseorid->id; 4974 $course = $courseorid; 4975 } else { 4976 $courseid = $courseorid; 4977 if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid))) { 4978 return false; 4979 } 4980 } 4981 $context = context_course::instance($courseid); 4982 4983 // Frontpage course can not be deleted!! 4984 if ($courseid == SITEID) { 4985 return false; 4986 } 4987 4988 // Make the course completely empty. 4989 remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback); 4990 4991 // Delete the course and related context instance. 4992 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_COURSE, $courseid); 4993 4994 $DB->delete_records("course", array("id" => $courseid)); 4995 $DB->delete_records("course_format_options", array("courseid" => $courseid)); 4996 4997 // Reset all course related caches here. 4998 if (class_exists('format_base', false)) { 4999 format_base::reset_course_cache($courseid); 5000 } 5001 5002 // Trigger a course deleted event. 5003 $event = \core\event\course_deleted::create(array( 5004 'objectid' => $course->id, 5005 'context' => $context, 5006 'other' => array( 5007 'shortname' => $course->shortname, 5008 'fullname' => $course->fullname, 5009 'idnumber' => $course->idnumber 5010 ) 5011 )); 5012 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course); 5013 $event->trigger(); 5014 5015 return true; 5016 } 5017 5018 /** 5019 * Clear a course out completely, deleting all content but don't delete the course itself. 5020 * 5021 * This function does not verify any permissions. 5022 * 5023 * Please note this function also deletes all user enrolments, 5024 * enrolment instances and role assignments by default. 5025 * 5026 * $options: 5027 * - 'keep_roles_and_enrolments' - false by default 5028 * - 'keep_groups_and_groupings' - false by default 5029 * 5030 * @param int $courseid The id of the course that is being deleted 5031 * @param bool $showfeedback Whether to display notifications of each action the function performs. 5032 * @param array $options extra options 5033 * @return bool true if all the removals succeeded. false if there were any failures. If this 5034 * method returns false, some of the removals will probably have succeeded, and others 5035 * failed, but you have no way of knowing which. 5036 */ 5037 function remove_course_contents($courseid, $showfeedback = true, array $options = null) { 5038 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT; 5039 5040 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/badgeslib.php'); 5041 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php'); 5042 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php'); 5043 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 5044 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php'); 5045 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/tag/coursetagslib.php'); 5046 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php'); 5047 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/rating/lib.php'); 5048 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php'); 5049 5050 // Handle course badges. 5051 badges_handle_course_deletion($courseid); 5052 5053 // NOTE: these concatenated strings are suboptimal, but it is just extra info... 5054 $strdeleted = get_string('deleted').' - '; 5055 5056 // Some crazy wishlist of stuff we should skip during purging of course content. 5057 $options = (array)$options; 5058 5059 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $courseid), '*', MUST_EXIST); 5060 $coursecontext = context_course::instance($courseid); 5061 $fs = get_file_storage(); 5062 5063 // Delete course completion information, this has to be done before grades and enrols. 5064 $cc = new completion_info($course); 5065 $cc->clear_criteria(); 5066 if ($showfeedback) { 5067 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('completion', 'completion'), 'notifysuccess'); 5068 } 5069 5070 // Remove all data from gradebook - this needs to be done before course modules 5071 // because while deleting this information, the system may need to reference 5072 // the course modules that own the grades. 5073 remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback); 5074 remove_grade_letters($coursecontext, $showfeedback); 5075 5076 // Delete course blocks in any all child contexts, 5077 // they may depend on modules so delete them first. 5078 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2. 5079 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) { 5080 blocks_delete_all_for_context($childcontext->id); 5081 } 5082 unset($childcontexts); 5083 blocks_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id); 5084 if ($showfeedback) { 5085 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_block_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5086 } 5087 5088 // Delete every instance of every module, 5089 // this has to be done before deleting of course level stuff. 5090 $locations = core_component::get_plugin_list('mod'); 5091 foreach ($locations as $modname => $moddir) { 5092 if ($modname === 'NEWMODULE') { 5093 continue; 5094 } 5095 if ($module = $DB->get_record('modules', array('name' => $modname))) { 5096 include_once("$moddir/lib.php"); // Shows php warning only if plugin defective. 5097 $moddelete = $modname .'_delete_instance'; // Delete everything connected to an instance. 5098 $moddeletecourse = $modname .'_delete_course'; // Delete other stray stuff (uncommon). 5099 5100 if ($instances = $DB->get_records($modname, array('course' => $course->id))) { 5101 foreach ($instances as $instance) { 5102 if ($cm = get_coursemodule_from_instance($modname, $instance->id, $course->id)) { 5103 // Delete activity context questions and question categories. 5104 question_delete_activity($cm, $showfeedback); 5105 } 5106 if (function_exists($moddelete)) { 5107 // This purges all module data in related tables, extra user prefs, settings, etc. 5108 $moddelete($instance->id); 5109 } else { 5110 // NOTE: we should not allow installation of modules with missing delete support! 5111 debugging("Defective module '$modname' detected when deleting course contents: missing function $moddelete()!"); 5112 $DB->delete_records($modname, array('id' => $instance->id)); 5113 } 5114 5115 if ($cm) { 5116 // Delete cm and its context - orphaned contexts are purged in cron in case of any race condition. 5117 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id); 5118 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id)); 5119 } 5120 } 5121 } 5122 if (function_exists($moddeletecourse)) { 5123 // Execute ptional course cleanup callback. 5124 $moddeletecourse($course, $showfeedback); 5125 } 5126 if ($instances and $showfeedback) { 5127 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('pluginname', $modname), 'notifysuccess'); 5128 } 5129 } else { 5130 // Ooops, this module is not properly installed, force-delete it in the next block. 5131 } 5132 } 5133 5134 // We have tried to delete everything the nice way - now let's force-delete any remaining module data. 5135 5136 // Remove all data from availability and completion tables that is associated 5137 // with course-modules belonging to this course. Note this is done even if the 5138 // features are not enabled now, in case they were enabled previously. 5139 $DB->delete_records_select('course_modules_completion', 5140 'coursemoduleid IN (SELECT id from {course_modules} WHERE course=?)', 5141 array($courseid)); 5142 5143 // Remove course-module data. 5144 $cms = $DB->get_records('course_modules', array('course' => $course->id)); 5145 foreach ($cms as $cm) { 5146 if ($module = $DB->get_record('modules', array('id' => $cm->module))) { 5147 try { 5148 $DB->delete_records($module->name, array('id' => $cm->instance)); 5149 } catch (Exception $e) { 5150 // Ignore weird or missing table problems. 5151 } 5152 } 5153 context_helper::delete_instance(CONTEXT_MODULE, $cm->id); 5154 $DB->delete_records('course_modules', array('id' => $cm->id)); 5155 } 5156 5157 if ($showfeedback) { 5158 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_mod_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5159 } 5160 5161 // Cleanup the rest of plugins. 5162 $cleanuplugintypes = array('report', 'coursereport', 'format'); 5163 foreach ($cleanuplugintypes as $type) { 5164 $plugins = get_plugin_list_with_function($type, 'delete_course', 'lib.php'); 5165 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $pluginfunction) { 5166 $pluginfunction($course->id, $showfeedback); 5167 } 5168 if ($showfeedback) { 5169 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_'.$type.'_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5170 } 5171 } 5172 5173 // Delete questions and question categories. 5174 question_delete_course($course, $showfeedback); 5175 if ($showfeedback) { 5176 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('questions', 'question'), 'notifysuccess'); 5177 } 5178 5179 // Make sure there are no subcontexts left - all valid blocks and modules should be already gone. 5180 $childcontexts = $coursecontext->get_child_contexts(); // Returns all subcontexts since 2.2. 5181 foreach ($childcontexts as $childcontext) { 5182 $childcontext->delete(); 5183 } 5184 unset($childcontexts); 5185 5186 // Remove all roles and enrolments by default. 5187 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments'])) { 5188 // This hack is used in restore when deleting contents of existing course. 5189 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $coursecontext->id, 'component' => ''), true); 5190 enrol_course_delete($course); 5191 if ($showfeedback) { 5192 echo $OUTPUT->notification($strdeleted.get_string('type_enrol_plural', 'plugin'), 'notifysuccess'); 5193 } 5194 } 5195 5196 // Delete any groups, removing members and grouping/course links first. 5197 if (empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5198 groups_delete_groupings($course->id, $showfeedback); 5199 groups_delete_groups($course->id, $showfeedback); 5200 } 5201 5202 // Filters be gone! 5203 filter_delete_all_for_context($coursecontext->id); 5204 5205 // Notes, you shall not pass! 5206 note_delete_all($course->id); 5207 5208 // Die comments! 5209 comment::delete_comments($coursecontext->id); 5210 5211 // Ratings are history too. 5212 $delopt = new stdclass(); 5213 $delopt->contextid = $coursecontext->id; 5214 $rm = new rating_manager(); 5215 $rm->delete_ratings($delopt); 5216 5217 // Delete course tags. 5218 coursetag_delete_course_tags($course->id, $showfeedback); 5219 5220 // Delete calendar events. 5221 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $course->id)); 5222 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'calendar'); 5223 5224 // Delete all related records in other core tables that may have a courseid 5225 // This array stores the tables that need to be cleared, as 5226 // table_name => column_name that contains the course id. 5227 $tablestoclear = array( 5228 'backup_courses' => 'courseid', // Scheduled backup stuff. 5229 'user_lastaccess' => 'courseid', // User access info. 5230 ); 5231 foreach ($tablestoclear as $table => $col) { 5232 $DB->delete_records($table, array($col => $course->id)); 5233 } 5234 5235 // Delete all course backup files. 5236 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'backup'); 5237 5238 // Cleanup course record - remove links to deleted stuff. 5239 $oldcourse = new stdClass(); 5240 $oldcourse->id = $course->id; 5241 $oldcourse->summary = ''; 5242 $oldcourse->cacherev = 0; 5243 $oldcourse->legacyfiles = 0; 5244 $oldcourse->enablecompletion = 0; 5245 if (!empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5246 $oldcourse->defaultgroupingid = 0; 5247 } 5248 $DB->update_record('course', $oldcourse); 5249 5250 // Delete course sections. 5251 $DB->delete_records('course_sections', array('course' => $course->id)); 5252 5253 // Delete legacy, section and any other course files. 5254 $fs->delete_area_files($coursecontext->id, 'course'); // Files from summary and section. 5255 5256 // Delete all remaining stuff linked to context such as files, comments, ratings, etc. 5257 if (empty($options['keep_roles_and_enrolments']) and empty($options['keep_groups_and_groupings'])) { 5258 // Easy, do not delete the context itself... 5259 $coursecontext->delete_content(); 5260 } else { 5261 // Hack alert!!!! 5262 // We can not drop all context stuff because it would bork enrolments and roles, 5263 // there might be also files used by enrol plugins... 5264 } 5265 5266 // Delete legacy files - just in case some files are still left there after conversion to new file api, 5267 // also some non-standard unsupported plugins may try to store something there. 5268 fulldelete($CFG->dataroot.'/'.$course->id); 5269 5270 // Delete from cache to reduce the cache size especially makes sense in case of bulk course deletion. 5271 $cachemodinfo = cache::make('core', 'coursemodinfo'); 5272 $cachemodinfo->delete($courseid); 5273 5274 // Trigger a course content deleted event. 5275 $event = \core\event\course_content_deleted::create(array( 5276 'objectid' => $course->id, 5277 'context' => $coursecontext, 5278 'other' => array('shortname' => $course->shortname, 5279 'fullname' => $course->fullname, 5280 'options' => $options) // Passing this for legacy reasons. 5281 )); 5282 $event->add_record_snapshot('course', $course); 5283 $event->trigger(); 5284 5285 return true; 5286 } 5287 5288 /** 5289 * Change dates in module - used from course reset. 5290 * 5291 * @param string $modname forum, assignment, etc 5292 * @param array $fields array of date fields from mod table 5293 * @param int $timeshift time difference 5294 * @param int $courseid 5295 * @param int $modid (Optional) passed if specific mod instance in course needs to be updated. 5296 * @return bool success 5297 */ 5298 function shift_course_mod_dates($modname, $fields, $timeshift, $courseid, $modid = 0) { 5299 global $CFG, $DB; 5300 include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$modname.'/lib.php'); 5301 5302 $return = true; 5303 $params = array($timeshift, $courseid); 5304 foreach ($fields as $field) { 5305 $updatesql = "UPDATE {".$modname."} 5306 SET $field = $field + ? 5307 WHERE course=? AND $field<>0"; 5308 if ($modid) { 5309 $updatesql .= ' AND id=?'; 5310 $params[] = $modid; 5311 } 5312 $return = $DB->execute($updatesql, $params) && $return; 5313 } 5314 5315 $refreshfunction = $modname.'_refresh_events'; 5316 if (function_exists($refreshfunction)) { 5317 $refreshfunction($courseid); 5318 } 5319 5320 return $return; 5321 } 5322 5323 /** 5324 * This function will empty a course of user data. 5325 * It will retain the activities and the structure of the course. 5326 * 5327 * @param object $data an object containing all the settings including courseid (without magic quotes) 5328 * @return array status array of array component, item, error 5329 */ 5330 function reset_course_userdata($data) { 5331 global $CFG, $DB; 5332 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php'); 5333 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/completionlib.php'); 5334 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/group/lib.php'); 5335 5336 $data->courseid = $data->id; 5337 $context = context_course::instance($data->courseid); 5338 5339 $eventparams = array( 5340 'context' => $context, 5341 'courseid' => $data->id, 5342 'other' => array( 5343 'reset_options' => (array) $data 5344 ) 5345 ); 5346 $event = \core\event\course_reset_started::create($eventparams); 5347 $event->trigger(); 5348 5349 // Calculate the time shift of dates. 5350 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date)) { 5351 // Time part of course startdate should be zero. 5352 $data->timeshift = $data->reset_start_date - usergetmidnight($data->reset_start_date_old); 5353 } else { 5354 $data->timeshift = 0; 5355 } 5356 5357 // Result array: component, item, error. 5358 $status = array(); 5359 5360 // Start the resetting. 5361 $componentstr = get_string('general'); 5362 5363 // Move the course start time. 5364 if (!empty($data->reset_start_date) and $data->timeshift) { 5365 // Change course start data. 5366 $DB->set_field('course', 'startdate', $data->reset_start_date, array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5367 // Update all course and group events - do not move activity events. 5368 $updatesql = "UPDATE {event} 5369 SET timestart = timestart + ? 5370 WHERE courseid=? AND instance=0"; 5371 $DB->execute($updatesql, array($data->timeshift, $data->courseid)); 5372 5373 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('datechanged'), 'error' => false); 5374 } 5375 5376 if (!empty($data->reset_events)) { 5377 $DB->delete_records('event', array('courseid' => $data->courseid)); 5378 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteevents', 'calendar'), 'error' => false); 5379 } 5380 5381 if (!empty($data->reset_notes)) { 5382 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/notes/lib.php'); 5383 note_delete_all($data->courseid); 5384 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletenotes', 'notes'), 'error' => false); 5385 } 5386 5387 if (!empty($data->delete_blog_associations)) { 5388 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/blog/lib.php'); 5389 blog_remove_associations_for_course($data->courseid); 5390 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteblogassociations', 'blog'), 'error' => false); 5391 } 5392 5393 if (!empty($data->reset_completion)) { 5394 // Delete course and activity completion information. 5395 $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $data->courseid)); 5396 $cc = new completion_info($course); 5397 $cc->delete_all_completion_data(); 5398 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 5399 'item' => get_string('deletecompletiondata', 'completion'), 'error' => false); 5400 } 5401 5402 $componentstr = get_string('roles'); 5403 5404 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_overrides)) { 5405 $children = $context->get_child_contexts(); 5406 foreach ($children as $child) { 5407 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $child->id)); 5408 } 5409 $DB->delete_records('role_capabilities', array('contextid' => $context->id)); 5410 // Force refresh for logged in users. 5411 $context->mark_dirty(); 5412 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletecourseoverrides', 'role'), 'error' => false); 5413 } 5414 5415 if (!empty($data->reset_roles_local)) { 5416 $children = $context->get_child_contexts(); 5417 foreach ($children as $child) { 5418 role_unassign_all(array('contextid' => $child->id)); 5419 } 5420 // Force refresh for logged in users. 5421 $context->mark_dirty(); 5422 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deletelocalroles', 'role'), 'error' => false); 5423 } 5424 5425 // First unenrol users - this cleans some of related user data too, such as forum subscriptions, tracking, etc. 5426 $data->unenrolled = array(); 5427 if (!empty($data->unenrol_users)) { 5428 $plugins = enrol_get_plugins(true); 5429 $instances = enrol_get_instances($data->courseid, true); 5430 foreach ($instances as $key => $instance) { 5431 if (!isset($plugins[$instance->enrol])) { 5432 unset($instances[$key]); 5433 continue; 5434 } 5435 } 5436 5437 foreach ($data->unenrol_users as $withroleid) { 5438 if ($withroleid) { 5439 $sql = "SELECT ue.* 5440 FROM {user_enrolments} ue 5441 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid) 5442 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid) 5443 JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.roleid = :roleid AND ra.userid = ue.userid)"; 5444 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'roleid' => $withroleid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE); 5445 5446 } else { 5447 // Without any role assigned at course context. 5448 $sql = "SELECT ue.* 5449 FROM {user_enrolments} ue 5450 JOIN {enrol} e ON (e.id = ue.enrolid AND e.courseid = :courseid) 5451 JOIN {context} c ON (c.contextlevel = :courselevel AND c.instanceid = e.courseid) 5452 LEFT JOIN {role_assignments} ra ON (ra.contextid = c.id AND ra.userid = ue.userid) 5453 WHERE ra.id IS null"; 5454 $params = array('courseid' => $data->courseid, 'courselevel' => CONTEXT_COURSE); 5455 } 5456 5457 $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, $params); 5458 foreach ($rs as $ue) { 5459 if (!isset($instances[$ue->enrolid])) { 5460 continue; 5461 } 5462 $instance = $instances[$ue->enrolid]; 5463 $plugin = $plugins[$instance->enrol]; 5464 if (!$plugin->allow_unenrol($instance) and !$plugin->allow_unenrol_user($instance, $ue)) { 5465 continue; 5466 } 5467 5468 $plugin->unenrol_user($instance, $ue->userid); 5469 $data->unenrolled[$ue->userid] = $ue->userid; 5470 } 5471 $rs->close(); 5472 } 5473 } 5474 if (!empty($data->unenrolled)) { 5475 $status[] = array( 5476 'component' => $componentstr, 5477 'item' => get_string('unenrol', 'enrol').' ('.count($data->unenrolled).')', 5478 'error' => false 5479 ); 5480 } 5481 5482 $componentstr = get_string('groups'); 5483 5484 // Remove all group members. 5485 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_members)) { 5486 groups_delete_group_members($data->courseid); 5487 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5488 } 5489 5490 // Remove all groups. 5491 if (!empty($data->reset_groups_remove)) { 5492 groups_delete_groups($data->courseid, false); 5493 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroups', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5494 } 5495 5496 // Remove all grouping members. 5497 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_members)) { 5498 groups_delete_groupings_groups($data->courseid, false); 5499 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removegroupingsmembers', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5500 } 5501 5502 // Remove all groupings. 5503 if (!empty($data->reset_groupings_remove)) { 5504 groups_delete_groupings($data->courseid, false); 5505 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('deleteallgroupings', 'group'), 'error' => false); 5506 } 5507 5508 // Look in every instance of every module for data to delete. 5509 $unsupportedmods = array(); 5510 if ($allmods = $DB->get_records('modules') ) { 5511 foreach ($allmods as $mod) { 5512 $modname = $mod->name; 5513 $modfile = $CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'. $modname.'/lib.php'; 5514 $moddeleteuserdata = $modname.'_reset_userdata'; // Function to delete user data. 5515 if (file_exists($modfile)) { 5516 if (!$DB->count_records($modname, array('course' => $data->courseid))) { 5517 continue; // Skip mods with no instances. 5518 } 5519 include_once($modfile); 5520 if (function_exists($moddeleteuserdata)) { 5521 $modstatus = $moddeleteuserdata($data); 5522 if (is_array($modstatus)) { 5523 $status = array_merge($status, $modstatus); 5524 } else { 5525 debugging('Module '.$modname.' returned incorrect staus - must be an array!'); 5526 } 5527 } else { 5528 $unsupportedmods[] = $mod; 5529 } 5530 } else { 5531 debugging('Missing lib.php in '.$modname.' module!'); 5532 } 5533 } 5534 } 5535 5536 // Mention unsupported mods. 5537 if (!empty($unsupportedmods)) { 5538 foreach ($unsupportedmods as $mod) { 5539 $status[] = array( 5540 'component' => get_string('modulenameplural', $mod->name), 5541 'item' => '', 5542 'error' => get_string('resetnotimplemented') 5543 ); 5544 } 5545 } 5546 5547 $componentstr = get_string('gradebook', 'grades'); 5548 // Reset gradebook,. 5549 if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_items)) { 5550 remove_course_grades($data->courseid, false); 5551 grade_grab_course_grades($data->courseid); 5552 grade_regrade_final_grades($data->courseid); 5553 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcourseitems', 'grades'), 'error' => false); 5554 5555 } else if (!empty($data->reset_gradebook_grades)) { 5556 grade_course_reset($data->courseid); 5557 $status[] = array('component' => $componentstr, 'item' => get_string('removeallcoursegrades', 'grades'), 'error' => false); 5558 } 5559 // Reset comments. 5560 if (!empty($data->reset_comments)) { 5561 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/comment/lib.php'); 5562 comment::reset_course_page_comments($context); 5563 } 5564 5565 $event = \core\event\course_reset_ended::create($eventparams); 5566 $event->trigger(); 5567 5568 return $status; 5569 } 5570 5571 /** 5572 * Generate an email processing address. 5573 * 5574 * @param int $modid 5575 * @param string $modargs 5576 * @return string Returns email processing address 5577 */ 5578 function generate_email_processing_address($modid, $modargs) { 5579 global $CFG; 5580 5581 $header = $CFG->mailprefix . substr(base64_encode(pack('C', $modid)), 0, 2).$modargs; 5582 return $header . substr(md5($header.get_site_identifier()), 0, 16).'@'.$CFG->maildomain; 5583 } 5584 5585 /** 5586 * ? 5587 * 5588 * @todo Finish documenting this function 5589 * 5590 * @param string $modargs 5591 * @param string $body Currently unused 5592 */ 5593 function moodle_process_email($modargs, $body) { 5594 global $DB; 5595 5596 // The first char should be an unencoded letter. We'll take this as an action. 5597 switch ($modargs{0}) { 5598 case 'B': { // Bounce. 5599 list(, $userid) = unpack('V', base64_decode(substr($modargs, 1, 8))); 5600 if ($user = $DB->get_record("user", array('id' => $userid), "id,email")) { 5601 // Check the half md5 of their email. 5602 $md5check = substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16); 5603 if ($md5check == substr($modargs, -16)) { 5604 set_bounce_count($user); 5605 } 5606 // Else maybe they've already changed it? 5607 } 5608 } 5609 break; 5610 // Maybe more later? 5611 } 5612 } 5613 5614 // CORRESPONDENCE. 5615 5616 /** 5617 * Get mailer instance, enable buffering, flush buffer or disable buffering. 5618 * 5619 * @param string $action 'get', 'buffer', 'close' or 'flush' 5620 * @return moodle_phpmailer|null mailer instance if 'get' used or nothing 5621 */ 5622 function get_mailer($action='get') { 5623 global $CFG; 5624 5625 /** @var moodle_phpmailer $mailer */ 5626 static $mailer = null; 5627 static $counter = 0; 5628 5629 if (!isset($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) { 5630 $CFG->smtpmaxbulk = 1; 5631 } 5632 5633 if ($action == 'get') { 5634 $prevkeepalive = false; 5635 5636 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5637 if ($counter < $CFG->smtpmaxbulk and !$mailer->isError()) { 5638 $counter++; 5639 // Reset the mailer. 5640 $mailer->Priority = 3; 5641 $mailer->CharSet = 'UTF-8'; // Our default. 5642 $mailer->ContentType = "text/plain"; 5643 $mailer->Encoding = "8bit"; 5644 $mailer->From = "root@localhost"; 5645 $mailer->FromName = "Root User"; 5646 $mailer->Sender = ""; 5647 $mailer->Subject = ""; 5648 $mailer->Body = ""; 5649 $mailer->AltBody = ""; 5650 $mailer->ConfirmReadingTo = ""; 5651 5652 $mailer->clearAllRecipients(); 5653 $mailer->clearReplyTos(); 5654 $mailer->clearAttachments(); 5655 $mailer->clearCustomHeaders(); 5656 return $mailer; 5657 } 5658 5659 $prevkeepalive = $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive; 5660 get_mailer('flush'); 5661 } 5662 5663 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/phpmailer/moodle_phpmailer.php'); 5664 $mailer = new moodle_phpmailer(); 5665 5666 $counter = 1; 5667 5668 if ($CFG->smtphosts == 'qmail') { 5669 // Use Qmail system. 5670 $mailer->isQmail(); 5671 5672 } else if (empty($CFG->smtphosts)) { 5673 // Use PHP mail() = sendmail. 5674 $mailer->isMail(); 5675 5676 } else { 5677 // Use SMTP directly. 5678 $mailer->isSMTP(); 5679 if (!empty($CFG->debugsmtp)) { 5680 $mailer->SMTPDebug = true; 5681 } 5682 // Specify main and backup servers. 5683 $mailer->Host = $CFG->smtphosts; 5684 // Specify secure connection protocol. 5685 $mailer->SMTPSecure = $CFG->smtpsecure; 5686 // Use previous keepalive. 5687 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = $prevkeepalive; 5688 5689 if ($CFG->smtpuser) { 5690 // Use SMTP authentication. 5691 $mailer->SMTPAuth = true; 5692 $mailer->Username = $CFG->smtpuser; 5693 $mailer->Password = $CFG->smtppass; 5694 } 5695 } 5696 5697 return $mailer; 5698 } 5699 5700 $nothing = null; 5701 5702 // Keep smtp session open after sending. 5703 if ($action == 'buffer') { 5704 if (!empty($CFG->smtpmaxbulk)) { 5705 get_mailer('flush'); 5706 $m = get_mailer(); 5707 if ($m->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5708 $m->SMTPKeepAlive = true; 5709 } 5710 } 5711 return $nothing; 5712 } 5713 5714 // Close smtp session, but continue buffering. 5715 if ($action == 'flush') { 5716 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5717 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) { 5718 echo '<pre>'."\n"; 5719 } 5720 $mailer->SmtpClose(); 5721 if (!empty($mailer->SMTPDebug)) { 5722 echo '</pre>'; 5723 } 5724 } 5725 return $nothing; 5726 } 5727 5728 // Close smtp session, do not buffer anymore. 5729 if ($action == 'close') { 5730 if (isset($mailer) and $mailer->Mailer == 'smtp') { 5731 get_mailer('flush'); 5732 $mailer->SMTPKeepAlive = false; 5733 } 5734 $mailer = null; // Better force new instance. 5735 return $nothing; 5736 } 5737 } 5738 5739 /** 5740 * Send an email to a specified user 5741 * 5742 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 5743 * @param stdClass $from A {@link $USER} object 5744 * @param string $subject plain text subject line of the email 5745 * @param string $messagetext plain text version of the message 5746 * @param string $messagehtml complete html version of the message (optional) 5747 * @param string $attachment a file on the filesystem, either relative to $CFG->dataroot or a full path to a file in $CFG->tempdir 5748 * @param string $attachname the name of the file (extension indicates MIME) 5749 * @param bool $usetrueaddress determines whether $from email address should 5750 * be sent out. Will be overruled by user profile setting for maildisplay 5751 * @param string $replyto Email address to reply to 5752 * @param string $replytoname Name of reply to recipient 5753 * @param int $wordwrapwidth custom word wrap width, default 79 5754 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 5755 */ 5756 function email_to_user($user, $from, $subject, $messagetext, $messagehtml = '', $attachment = '', $attachname = '', 5757 $usetrueaddress = true, $replyto = '', $replytoname = '', $wordwrapwidth = 79) { 5758 5759 global $CFG; 5760 5761 if (empty($user) or empty($user->id)) { 5762 debugging('Can not send email to null user', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5763 return false; 5764 } 5765 5766 if (empty($user->email)) { 5767 debugging('Can not send email to user without email: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5768 return false; 5769 } 5770 5771 if (!empty($user->deleted)) { 5772 debugging('Can not send email to deleted user: '.$user->id, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 5773 return false; 5774 } 5775 5776 if (defined('BEHAT_SITE_RUNNING')) { 5777 // Fake email sending in behat. 5778 return true; 5779 } 5780 5781 if (!empty($CFG->noemailever)) { 5782 // Hidden setting for development sites, set in config.php if needed. 5783 debugging('Not sending email due to $CFG->noemailever config setting', DEBUG_NORMAL); 5784 return true; 5785 } 5786 5787 if (!empty($CFG->divertallemailsto)) { 5788 $subject = "[DIVERTED {$user->email}] $subject"; 5789 $user = clone($user); 5790 $user->email = $CFG->divertallemailsto; 5791 } 5792 5793 // Skip mail to suspended users. 5794 if ((isset($user->auth) && $user->auth=='nologin') or (isset($user->suspended) && $user->suspended)) { 5795 return true; 5796 } 5797 5798 if (!validate_email($user->email)) { 5799 // We can not send emails to invalid addresses - it might create security issue or confuse the mailer. 5800 $invalidemail = "User $user->id (".fullname($user).") email ($user->email) is invalid! Not sending."; 5801 error_log($invalidemail); 5802 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 5803 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$invalidemail); 5804 } 5805 return false; 5806 } 5807 5808 if (over_bounce_threshold($user)) { 5809 $bouncemsg = "User $user->id (".fullname($user).") is over bounce threshold! Not sending."; 5810 error_log($bouncemsg); 5811 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 5812 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$bouncemsg); 5813 } 5814 return false; 5815 } 5816 5817 // If the user is a remote mnet user, parse the email text for URL to the 5818 // wwwroot and modify the url to direct the user's browser to login at their 5819 // home site (identity provider - idp) before hitting the link itself. 5820 if (is_mnet_remote_user($user)) { 5821 require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mnet/lib.php'); 5822 5823 $jumpurl = mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user); 5824 $callback = partial('mnet_sso_apply_indirection', $jumpurl); 5825 5826 $messagetext = preg_replace_callback("%($CFG->wwwroot[^[:space:]]*)%", 5827 $callback, 5828 $messagetext); 5829 $messagehtml = preg_replace_callback("%href=[\"'`]($CFG->wwwroot[\w_:\?=#&@/;.~-]*)[\"'`]%", 5830 $callback, 5831 $messagehtml); 5832 } 5833 $mail = get_mailer(); 5834 5835 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 5836 echo '<pre>' . "\n"; 5837 } 5838 5839 $temprecipients = array(); 5840 $tempreplyto = array(); 5841 5842 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 5843 5844 // Make up an email address for handling bounces. 5845 if (!empty($CFG->handlebounces)) { 5846 $modargs = 'B'.base64_encode(pack('V', $user->id)).substr(md5($user->email), 0, 16); 5847 $mail->Sender = generate_email_processing_address(0, $modargs); 5848 } else { 5849 $mail->Sender = $supportuser->email; 5850 } 5851 5852 if (!empty($CFG->emailonlyfromnoreplyaddress)) { 5853 $usetrueaddress = false; 5854 if (empty($replyto) && $from->maildisplay) { 5855 $replyto = $from->email; 5856 $replytoname = fullname($from); 5857 } 5858 } 5859 5860 if (is_string($from)) { // So we can pass whatever we want if there is need. 5861 $mail->From = $CFG->noreplyaddress; 5862 $mail->FromName = $from; 5863 } else if ($usetrueaddress and $from->maildisplay) { 5864 $mail->From = $from->email; 5865 $mail->FromName = fullname($from); 5866 } else { 5867 $mail->From = $CFG->noreplyaddress; 5868 $mail->FromName = fullname($from); 5869 if (empty($replyto)) { 5870 $tempreplyto[] = array($CFG->noreplyaddress, get_string('noreplyname')); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 5874 if (!empty($replyto)) { 5875 $tempreplyto[] = array($replyto, $replytoname); 5876 } 5877 5878 $mail->Subject = substr($subject, 0, 900); 5879 5880 $temprecipients[] = array($user->email, fullname($user)); 5881 5882 // Set word wrap. 5883 $mail->WordWrap = $wordwrapwidth; 5884 5885 if (!empty($from->customheaders)) { 5886 // Add custom headers. 5887 if (is_array($from->customheaders)) { 5888 foreach ($from->customheaders as $customheader) { 5889 $mail->addCustomHeader($customheader); 5890 } 5891 } else { 5892 $mail->addCustomHeader($from->customheaders); 5893 } 5894 } 5895 5896 if (!empty($from->priority)) { 5897 $mail->Priority = $from->priority; 5898 } 5899 5900 if ($messagehtml && !empty($user->mailformat) && $user->mailformat == 1) { 5901 // Don't ever send HTML to users who don't want it. 5902 $mail->isHTML(true); 5903 $mail->Encoding = 'quoted-printable'; 5904 $mail->Body = $messagehtml; 5905 $mail->AltBody = "\n$messagetext\n"; 5906 } else { 5907 $mail->IsHTML(false); 5908 $mail->Body = "\n$messagetext\n"; 5909 } 5910 5911 if ($attachment && $attachname) { 5912 if (preg_match( "~\\.\\.~" , $attachment )) { 5913 // Security check for ".." in dir path. 5914 $temprecipients[] = array($supportuser->email, fullname($supportuser, true)); 5915 $mail->addStringAttachment('Error in attachment. User attempted to attach a filename with a unsafe name.', 'error.txt', '8bit', 'text/plain'); 5916 } else { 5917 require_once($CFG->libdir.'/filelib.php'); 5918 $mimetype = mimeinfo('type', $attachname); 5919 5920 $attachmentpath = $attachment; 5921 5922 // Before doing the comparison, make sure that the paths are correct (Windows uses slashes in the other direction). 5923 $attachpath = str_replace('\\', '/', $attachmentpath); 5924 // Make sure both variables are normalised before comparing. 5925 $temppath = str_replace('\\', '/', $CFG->tempdir); 5926 5927 // If the attachment is a full path to a file in the tempdir, use it as is, 5928 // otherwise assume it is a relative path from the dataroot (for backwards compatibility reasons). 5929 if (strpos($attachpath, $temppath) !== 0) { 5930 $attachmentpath = $CFG->dataroot . '/' . $attachmentpath; 5931 } 5932 5933 $mail->addAttachment($attachmentpath, $attachname, 'base64', $mimetype); 5934 } 5935 } 5936 5937 // Check if the email should be sent in an other charset then the default UTF-8. 5938 if ((!empty($CFG->sitemailcharset) || !empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset))) { 5939 5940 // Use the defined site mail charset or eventually the one preferred by the recipient. 5941 $charset = $CFG->sitemailcharset; 5942 if (!empty($CFG->allowusermailcharset)) { 5943 if ($useremailcharset = get_user_preferences('mailcharset', '0', $user->id)) { 5944 $charset = $useremailcharset; 5945 } 5946 } 5947 5948 // Convert all the necessary strings if the charset is supported. 5949 $charsets = get_list_of_charsets(); 5950 unset($charsets['UTF-8']); 5951 if (in_array($charset, $charsets)) { 5952 $mail->CharSet = $charset; 5953 $mail->FromName = core_text::convert($mail->FromName, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5954 $mail->Subject = core_text::convert($mail->Subject, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5955 $mail->Body = core_text::convert($mail->Body, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5956 $mail->AltBody = core_text::convert($mail->AltBody, 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5957 5958 foreach ($temprecipients as $key => $values) { 5959 $temprecipients[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5960 } 5961 foreach ($tempreplyto as $key => $values) { 5962 $tempreplyto[$key][1] = core_text::convert($values[1], 'utf-8', strtolower($charset)); 5963 } 5964 } 5965 } 5966 5967 foreach ($temprecipients as $values) { 5968 $mail->addAddress($values[0], $values[1]); 5969 } 5970 foreach ($tempreplyto as $values) { 5971 $mail->addReplyTo($values[0], $values[1]); 5972 } 5973 5974 if ($mail->send()) { 5975 set_send_count($user); 5976 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 5977 echo '</pre>'; 5978 } 5979 return true; 5980 } else { 5981 // Trigger event for failing to send email. 5982 $event = \core\event\email_failed::create(array( 5983 'context' => context_system::instance(), 5984 'userid' => $from->id, 5985 'relateduserid' => $user->id, 5986 'other' => array( 5987 'subject' => $subject, 5988 'message' => $messagetext, 5989 'errorinfo' => $mail->ErrorInfo 5990 ) 5991 )); 5992 $event->trigger(); 5993 if (CLI_SCRIPT) { 5994 mtrace('Error: lib/moodlelib.php email_to_user(): '.$mail->ErrorInfo); 5995 } 5996 if (!empty($mail->SMTPDebug)) { 5997 echo '</pre>'; 5998 } 5999 return false; 6000 } 6001 } 6002 6003 /** 6004 * Generate a signoff for emails based on support settings 6005 * 6006 * @return string 6007 */ 6008 function generate_email_signoff() { 6009 global $CFG; 6010 6011 $signoff = "\n"; 6012 if (!empty($CFG->supportname)) { 6013 $signoff .= $CFG->supportname."\n"; 6014 } 6015 if (!empty($CFG->supportemail)) { 6016 $signoff .= $CFG->supportemail."\n"; 6017 } 6018 if (!empty($CFG->supportpage)) { 6019 $signoff .= $CFG->supportpage."\n"; 6020 } 6021 return $signoff; 6022 } 6023 6024 /** 6025 * Sets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email. 6026 * 6027 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6028 * @param bool $fasthash If true, use a low cost factor when generating the hash for speed. 6029 * @return bool|string Returns "true" if mail was sent OK and "false" if there was an error 6030 */ 6031 function setnew_password_and_mail($user, $fasthash = false) { 6032 global $CFG, $DB; 6033 6034 // We try to send the mail in language the user understands, 6035 // unfortunately the filter_string() does not support alternative langs yet 6036 // so multilang will not work properly for site->fullname. 6037 $lang = empty($user->lang) ? $CFG->lang : $user->lang; 6038 6039 $site = get_site(); 6040 6041 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6042 6043 $newpassword = generate_password(); 6044 6045 update_internal_user_password($user, $newpassword, $fasthash); 6046 6047 $a = new stdClass(); 6048 $a->firstname = fullname($user, true); 6049 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6050 $a->username = $user->username; 6051 $a->newpassword = $newpassword; 6052 $a->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/'; 6053 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff(); 6054 6055 $message = (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordtext', '', $a, $lang); 6056 6057 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. (string)new lang_string('newusernewpasswordsubj', '', $a, $lang); 6058 6059 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6060 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6061 6062 } 6063 6064 /** 6065 * Resets specified user's password and send the new password to the user via email. 6066 * 6067 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6068 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6069 */ 6070 function reset_password_and_mail($user) { 6071 global $CFG; 6072 6073 $site = get_site(); 6074 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6075 6076 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 6077 if (!$userauth->can_reset_password() or !is_enabled_auth($user->auth)) { 6078 trigger_error("Attempt to reset user password for user $user->username with Auth $user->auth."); 6079 return false; 6080 } 6081 6082 $newpassword = generate_password(); 6083 6084 if (!$userauth->user_update_password($user, $newpassword)) { 6085 print_error("cannotsetpassword"); 6086 } 6087 6088 $a = new stdClass(); 6089 $a->firstname = $user->firstname; 6090 $a->lastname = $user->lastname; 6091 $a->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6092 $a->username = $user->username; 6093 $a->newpassword = $newpassword; 6094 $a->link = $CFG->httpswwwroot .'/login/change_password.php'; 6095 $a->signoff = generate_email_signoff(); 6096 6097 $message = get_string('newpasswordtext', '', $a); 6098 6099 $subject = format_string($site->fullname) .': '. get_string('changedpassword'); 6100 6101 unset_user_preference('create_password', $user); // Prevent cron from generating the password. 6102 6103 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6104 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6105 } 6106 6107 /** 6108 * Send email to specified user with confirmation text and activation link. 6109 * 6110 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6111 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6112 */ 6113 function send_confirmation_email($user) { 6114 global $CFG; 6115 6116 $site = get_site(); 6117 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6118 6119 $data = new stdClass(); 6120 $data->firstname = fullname($user); 6121 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6122 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6123 6124 $subject = get_string('emailconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6125 6126 $username = urlencode($user->username); 6127 $username = str_replace('.', '%2E', $username); // Prevent problems with trailing dots. 6128 $data->link = $CFG->wwwroot .'/login/confirm.php?data='. $user->secret .'/'. $username; 6129 $message = get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data); 6130 $messagehtml = text_to_html(get_string('emailconfirmation', '', $data), false, false, true); 6131 6132 $user->mailformat = 1; // Always send HTML version as well. 6133 6134 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6135 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message, $messagehtml); 6136 } 6137 6138 /** 6139 * Sends a password change confirmation email. 6140 * 6141 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6142 * @param stdClass $resetrecord An object tracking metadata regarding password reset request 6143 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6144 */ 6145 function send_password_change_confirmation_email($user, $resetrecord) { 6146 global $CFG; 6147 6148 $site = get_site(); 6149 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6150 $pwresetmins = isset($CFG->pwresettime) ? floor($CFG->pwresettime / MINSECS) : 30; 6151 6152 $data = new stdClass(); 6153 $data->firstname = $user->firstname; 6154 $data->lastname = $user->lastname; 6155 $data->username = $user->username; 6156 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6157 $data->link = $CFG->httpswwwroot .'/login/forgot_password.php?token='. $resetrecord->token; 6158 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6159 $data->resetminutes = $pwresetmins; 6160 6161 $message = get_string('emailresetconfirmation', '', $data); 6162 $subject = get_string('emailresetconfirmationsubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6163 6164 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6165 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6166 6167 } 6168 6169 /** 6170 * Sends an email containinginformation on how to change your password. 6171 * 6172 * @param stdClass $user A {@link $USER} object 6173 * @return bool Returns true if mail was sent OK and false if there was an error. 6174 */ 6175 function send_password_change_info($user) { 6176 global $CFG; 6177 6178 $site = get_site(); 6179 $supportuser = core_user::get_support_user(); 6180 $systemcontext = context_system::instance(); 6181 6182 $data = new stdClass(); 6183 $data->firstname = $user->firstname; 6184 $data->lastname = $user->lastname; 6185 $data->sitename = format_string($site->fullname); 6186 $data->admin = generate_email_signoff(); 6187 6188 $userauth = get_auth_plugin($user->auth); 6189 6190 if (!is_enabled_auth($user->auth) or $user->auth == 'nologin') { 6191 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfodisabled', '', $data); 6192 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6193 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6194 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6195 } 6196 6197 if ($userauth->can_change_password() and $userauth->change_password_url()) { 6198 // We have some external url for password changing. 6199 $data->link .= $userauth->change_password_url(); 6200 6201 } else { 6202 // No way to change password, sorry. 6203 $data->link = ''; 6204 } 6205 6206 if (!empty($data->link) and has_capability('moodle/user:changeownpassword', $systemcontext, $user->id)) { 6207 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfo', '', $data); 6208 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6209 } else { 6210 $message = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfofail', '', $data); 6211 $subject = get_string('emailpasswordchangeinfosubject', '', format_string($site->fullname)); 6212 } 6213 6214 // Directly email rather than using the messaging system to ensure its not routed to a popup or jabber. 6215 return email_to_user($user, $supportuser, $subject, $message); 6216 6217 } 6218 6219 /** 6220 * Check that an email is allowed. It returns an error message if there was a problem. 6221 * 6222 * @param string $email Content of email 6223 * @return string|false 6224 */ 6225 function email_is_not_allowed($email) { 6226 global $CFG; 6227 6228 if (!empty($CFG->allowemailaddresses)) { 6229 $allowed = explode(' ', $CFG->allowemailaddresses); 6230 foreach ($allowed as $allowedpattern) { 6231 $allowedpattern = trim($allowedpattern); 6232 if (!$allowedpattern) { 6233 continue; 6234 } 6235 if (strpos($allowedpattern, '.') === 0) { 6236 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($allowedpattern)) === 0) { 6237 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "[email protected]". 6238 return false; 6239 } 6240 6241 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$allowedpattern)) === 0) { 6242 return false; 6243 } 6244 } 6245 return get_string('emailonlyallowed', '', $CFG->allowemailaddresses); 6246 6247 } else if (!empty($CFG->denyemailaddresses)) { 6248 $denied = explode(' ', $CFG->denyemailaddresses); 6249 foreach ($denied as $deniedpattern) { 6250 $deniedpattern = trim($deniedpattern); 6251 if (!$deniedpattern) { 6252 continue; 6253 } 6254 if (strpos($deniedpattern, '.') === 0) { 6255 if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev($deniedpattern)) === 0) { 6256 // Subdomains are in a form ".example.com" - matches "[email protected]". 6257 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses); 6258 } 6259 6260 } else if (strpos(strrev($email), strrev('@'.$deniedpattern)) === 0) { 6261 return get_string('emailnotallowed', '', $CFG->denyemailaddresses); 6262 } 6263 } 6264 } 6265 6266 return false; 6267 } 6268 6269 // FILE HANDLING. 6270 6271 /** 6272 * Returns local file storage instance 6273 * 6274 * @return file_storage 6275 */ 6276 function get_file_storage() { 6277 global $CFG; 6278 6279 static $fs = null; 6280 6281 if ($fs) { 6282 return $fs; 6283 } 6284 6285 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php"); 6286 6287 if (isset($CFG->filedir)) { 6288 $filedir = $CFG->filedir; 6289 } else { 6290 $filedir = $CFG->dataroot.'/filedir'; 6291 } 6292 6293 if (isset($CFG->trashdir)) { 6294 $trashdirdir = $CFG->trashdir; 6295 } else { 6296 $trashdirdir = $CFG->dataroot.'/trashdir'; 6297 } 6298 6299 $fs = new file_storage($filedir, $trashdirdir, "$CFG->tempdir/filestorage", $CFG->directorypermissions, $CFG->filepermissions); 6300 6301 return $fs; 6302 } 6303 6304 /** 6305 * Returns local file storage instance 6306 * 6307 * @return file_browser 6308 */ 6309 function get_file_browser() { 6310 global $CFG; 6311 6312 static $fb = null; 6313 6314 if ($fb) { 6315 return $fb; 6316 } 6317 6318 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php"); 6319 6320 $fb = new file_browser(); 6321 6322 return $fb; 6323 } 6324 6325 /** 6326 * Returns file packer 6327 * 6328 * @param string $mimetype default application/zip 6329 * @return file_packer 6330 */ 6331 function get_file_packer($mimetype='application/zip') { 6332 global $CFG; 6333 6334 static $fp = array(); 6335 6336 if (isset($fp[$mimetype])) { 6337 return $fp[$mimetype]; 6338 } 6339 6340 switch ($mimetype) { 6341 case 'application/zip': 6342 case 'application/vnd.moodle.profiling': 6343 $classname = 'zip_packer'; 6344 break; 6345 6346 case 'application/x-gzip' : 6347 $classname = 'tgz_packer'; 6348 break; 6349 6350 case 'application/vnd.moodle.backup': 6351 $classname = 'mbz_packer'; 6352 break; 6353 6354 default: 6355 return false; 6356 } 6357 6358 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filestorage/$classname.php"); 6359 $fp[$mimetype] = new $classname(); 6360 6361 return $fp[$mimetype]; 6362 } 6363 6364 /** 6365 * Returns current name of file on disk if it exists. 6366 * 6367 * @param string $newfile File to be verified 6368 * @return string Current name of file on disk if true 6369 */ 6370 function valid_uploaded_file($newfile) { 6371 if (empty($newfile)) { 6372 return ''; 6373 } 6374 if (is_uploaded_file($newfile['tmp_name']) and $newfile['size'] > 0) { 6375 return $newfile['tmp_name']; 6376 } else { 6377 return ''; 6378 } 6379 } 6380 6381 /** 6382 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files. 6383 * 6384 * There are seven possible upload limits: 6385 * 1. in Apache using LimitRequestBody (no way of checking or changing this) 6386 * 2. in php.ini for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6387 * 3. in .htaccess for 'upload_max_filesize' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6388 * 4. in php.ini for 'post_max_size' (can not be changed inside PHP) 6389 * 5. by the Moodle admin in $CFG->maxbytes 6390 * 6. by the teacher in the current course $course->maxbytes 6391 * 7. by the teacher for the current module, eg $assignment->maxbytes 6392 * 6393 * These last two are passed to this function as arguments (in bytes). 6394 * Anything defined as 0 is ignored. 6395 * The smallest of all the non-zero numbers is returned. 6396 * 6397 * @todo Finish documenting this function 6398 * 6399 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6400 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6401 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6402 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files. 6403 */ 6404 function get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes=0, $coursebytes=0, $modulebytes=0) { 6405 6406 if (! $filesize = ini_get('upload_max_filesize')) { 6407 $filesize = '5M'; 6408 } 6409 $minimumsize = get_real_size($filesize); 6410 6411 if ($postsize = ini_get('post_max_size')) { 6412 $postsize = get_real_size($postsize); 6413 if ($postsize < $minimumsize) { 6414 $minimumsize = $postsize; 6415 } 6416 } 6417 6418 if (($sitebytes > 0) and ($sitebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6419 $minimumsize = $sitebytes; 6420 } 6421 6422 if (($coursebytes > 0) and ($coursebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6423 $minimumsize = $coursebytes; 6424 } 6425 6426 if (($modulebytes > 0) and ($modulebytes < $minimumsize)) { 6427 $minimumsize = $modulebytes; 6428 } 6429 6430 return $minimumsize; 6431 } 6432 6433 /** 6434 * Returns the maximum size for uploading files for the current user 6435 * 6436 * This function takes in account {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} the user's capabilities 6437 * 6438 * @param context $context The context in which to check user capabilities 6439 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6440 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6441 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6442 * @param stdClass $user The user 6443 * @return int The maximum size for uploading files. 6444 */ 6445 function get_user_max_upload_file_size($context, $sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $user = null) { 6446 global $USER; 6447 6448 if (empty($user)) { 6449 $user = $USER; 6450 } 6451 6452 if (has_capability('moodle/course:ignorefilesizelimits', $context, $user)) { 6453 return USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS; 6454 } 6455 6456 return get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes); 6457 } 6458 6459 /** 6460 * Returns an array of possible sizes in local language 6461 * 6462 * Related to {@link get_max_upload_file_size()} - this function returns an 6463 * array of possible sizes in an array, translated to the 6464 * local language. 6465 * 6466 * The list of options will go up to the minimum of $sitebytes, $coursebytes or $modulebytes. 6467 * 6468 * If $coursebytes or $sitebytes is not 0, an option will be included for "Course/Site upload limit (X)" 6469 * with the value set to 0. This option will be the first in the list. 6470 * 6471 * @uses SORT_NUMERIC 6472 * @param int $sitebytes Set maximum size 6473 * @param int $coursebytes Current course $course->maxbytes (in bytes) 6474 * @param int $modulebytes Current module ->maxbytes (in bytes) 6475 * @param int|array $custombytes custom upload size/s which will be added to list, 6476 * Only value/s smaller then maxsize will be added to list. 6477 * @return array 6478 */ 6479 function get_max_upload_sizes($sitebytes = 0, $coursebytes = 0, $modulebytes = 0, $custombytes = null) { 6480 global $CFG; 6481 6482 if (!$maxsize = get_max_upload_file_size($sitebytes, $coursebytes, $modulebytes)) { 6483 return array(); 6484 } 6485 6486 if ($sitebytes == 0) { 6487 // Will get the minimum of upload_max_filesize or post_max_size. 6488 $sitebytes = get_max_upload_file_size(); 6489 } 6490 6491 $filesize = array(); 6492 $sizelist = array(10240, 51200, 102400, 512000, 1048576, 2097152, 6493 5242880, 10485760, 20971520, 52428800, 104857600); 6494 6495 // If custombytes is given and is valid then add it to the list. 6496 if (is_number($custombytes) and $custombytes > 0) { 6497 $custombytes = (int)$custombytes; 6498 if (!in_array($custombytes, $sizelist)) { 6499 $sizelist[] = $custombytes; 6500 } 6501 } else if (is_array($custombytes)) { 6502 $sizelist = array_unique(array_merge($sizelist, $custombytes)); 6503 } 6504 6505 // Allow maxbytes to be selected if it falls outside the above boundaries. 6506 if (isset($CFG->maxbytes) && !in_array(get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes), $sizelist)) { 6507 // Note: get_real_size() is used in order to prevent problems with invalid values. 6508 $sizelist[] = get_real_size($CFG->maxbytes); 6509 } 6510 6511 foreach ($sizelist as $sizebytes) { 6512 if ($sizebytes < $maxsize && $sizebytes > 0) { 6513 $filesize[(string)intval($sizebytes)] = display_size($sizebytes); 6514 } 6515 } 6516 6517 $limitlevel = ''; 6518 $displaysize = ''; 6519 if ($modulebytes && 6520 (($modulebytes < $coursebytes || $coursebytes == 0) && 6521 ($modulebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0))) { 6522 $limitlevel = get_string('activity', 'core'); 6523 $displaysize = display_size($modulebytes); 6524 $filesize[$modulebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6525 6526 } else if ($coursebytes && ($coursebytes < $sitebytes || $sitebytes == 0)) { 6527 $limitlevel = get_string('course', 'core'); 6528 $displaysize = display_size($coursebytes); 6529 $filesize[$coursebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6530 6531 } else if ($sitebytes) { 6532 $limitlevel = get_string('site', 'core'); 6533 $displaysize = display_size($sitebytes); 6534 $filesize[$sitebytes] = $displaysize; // Make sure the limit is also included in the list. 6535 } 6536 6537 krsort($filesize, SORT_NUMERIC); 6538 if ($limitlevel) { 6539 $params = (object) array('contextname' => $limitlevel, 'displaysize' => $displaysize); 6540 $filesize = array('0' => get_string('uploadlimitwithsize', 'core', $params)) + $filesize; 6541 } 6542 6543 return $filesize; 6544 } 6545 6546 /** 6547 * Returns an array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir. 6548 * 6549 * If excludefiles is defined, then that file/directory is ignored 6550 * If getdirs is true, then (sub)directories are included in the output 6551 * If getfiles is true, then files are included in the output 6552 * (at least one of these must be true!) 6553 * 6554 * @todo Finish documenting this function. Add examples of $excludefile usage. 6555 * 6556 * @param string $rootdir A given root directory to start from 6557 * @param string|array $excludefiles If defined then the specified file/directory is ignored 6558 * @param bool $descend If true then subdirectories are recursed as well 6559 * @param bool $getdirs If true then (sub)directories are included in the output 6560 * @param bool $getfiles If true then files are included in the output 6561 * @return array An array with all the filenames in all subdirectories, relative to the given rootdir 6562 */ 6563 function get_directory_list($rootdir, $excludefiles='', $descend=true, $getdirs=false, $getfiles=true) { 6564 6565 $dirs = array(); 6566 6567 if (!$getdirs and !$getfiles) { // Nothing to show. 6568 return $dirs; 6569 } 6570 6571 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { // Must be a directory. 6572 return $dirs; 6573 } 6574 6575 if (!$dir = opendir($rootdir)) { // Can't open it for some reason. 6576 return $dirs; 6577 } 6578 6579 if (!is_array($excludefiles)) { 6580 $excludefiles = array($excludefiles); 6581 } 6582 6583 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) { 6584 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1); 6585 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or in_array($file, $excludefiles)) { 6586 continue; 6587 } 6588 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file; 6589 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') { 6590 if ($getdirs) { 6591 $dirs[] = $file; 6592 } 6593 if ($descend) { 6594 $subdirs = get_directory_list($fullfile, $excludefiles, $descend, $getdirs, $getfiles); 6595 foreach ($subdirs as $subdir) { 6596 $dirs[] = $file .'/'. $subdir; 6597 } 6598 } 6599 } else if ($getfiles) { 6600 $dirs[] = $file; 6601 } 6602 } 6603 closedir($dir); 6604 6605 asort($dirs); 6606 6607 return $dirs; 6608 } 6609 6610 6611 /** 6612 * Adds up all the files in a directory and works out the size. 6613 * 6614 * @param string $rootdir The directory to start from 6615 * @param string $excludefile A file to exclude when summing directory size 6616 * @return int The summed size of all files and subfiles within the root directory 6617 */ 6618 function get_directory_size($rootdir, $excludefile='') { 6619 global $CFG; 6620 6621 // Do it this way if we can, it's much faster. 6622 if (!empty($CFG->pathtodu) && is_executable(trim($CFG->pathtodu))) { 6623 $command = trim($CFG->pathtodu).' -sk '.escapeshellarg($rootdir); 6624 $output = null; 6625 $return = null; 6626 exec($command, $output, $return); 6627 if (is_array($output)) { 6628 // We told it to return k. 6629 return get_real_size(intval($output[0]).'k'); 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 if (!is_dir($rootdir)) { 6634 // Must be a directory. 6635 return 0; 6636 } 6637 6638 if (!$dir = @opendir($rootdir)) { 6639 // Can't open it for some reason. 6640 return 0; 6641 } 6642 6643 $size = 0; 6644 6645 while (false !== ($file = readdir($dir))) { 6646 $firstchar = substr($file, 0, 1); 6647 if ($firstchar == '.' or $file == 'CVS' or $file == $excludefile) { 6648 continue; 6649 } 6650 $fullfile = $rootdir .'/'. $file; 6651 if (filetype($fullfile) == 'dir') { 6652 $size += get_directory_size($fullfile, $excludefile); 6653 } else { 6654 $size += filesize($fullfile); 6655 } 6656 } 6657 closedir($dir); 6658 6659 return $size; 6660 } 6661 6662 /** 6663 * Converts bytes into display form 6664 * 6665 * @static string $gb Localized string for size in gigabytes 6666 * @static string $mb Localized string for size in megabytes 6667 * @static string $kb Localized string for size in kilobytes 6668 * @static string $b Localized string for size in bytes 6669 * @param int $size The size to convert to human readable form 6670 * @return string 6671 */ 6672 function display_size($size) { 6673 6674 static $gb, $mb, $kb, $b; 6675 6676 if ($size === USER_CAN_IGNORE_FILE_SIZE_LIMITS) { 6677 return get_string('unlimited'); 6678 } 6679 6680 if (empty($gb)) { 6681 $gb = get_string('sizegb'); 6682 $mb = get_string('sizemb'); 6683 $kb = get_string('sizekb'); 6684 $b = get_string('sizeb'); 6685 } 6686 6687 if ($size >= 1073741824) { 6688 $size = round($size / 1073741824 * 10) / 10 . $gb; 6689 } else if ($size >= 1048576) { 6690 $size = round($size / 1048576 * 10) / 10 . $mb; 6691 } else if ($size >= 1024) { 6692 $size = round($size / 1024 * 10) / 10 . $kb; 6693 } else { 6694 $size = intval($size) .' '. $b; // File sizes over 2GB can not work in 32bit PHP anyway. 6695 } 6696 return $size; 6697 } 6698 6699 /** 6700 * Cleans a given filename by removing suspicious or troublesome characters 6701 * 6702 * @see clean_param() 6703 * @param string $string file name 6704 * @return string cleaned file name 6705 */ 6706 function clean_filename($string) { 6707 return clean_param($string, PARAM_FILE); 6708 } 6709 6710 6711 // STRING TRANSLATION. 6712 6713 /** 6714 * Returns the code for the current language 6715 * 6716 * @category string 6717 * @return string 6718 */ 6719 function current_language() { 6720 global $CFG, $USER, $SESSION, $COURSE; 6721 6722 if (!empty($SESSION->forcelang)) { 6723 // Allows overriding course-forced language (useful for admins to check 6724 // issues in courses whose language they don't understand). 6725 // Also used by some code to temporarily get language-related information in a 6726 // specific language (see force_current_language()). 6727 $return = $SESSION->forcelang; 6728 6729 } else if (!empty($COURSE->id) and $COURSE->id != SITEID and !empty($COURSE->lang)) { 6730 // Course language can override all other settings for this page. 6731 $return = $COURSE->lang; 6732 6733 } else if (!empty($SESSION->lang)) { 6734 // Session language can override other settings. 6735 $return = $SESSION->lang; 6736 6737 } else if (!empty($USER->lang)) { 6738 $return = $USER->lang; 6739 6740 } else if (isset($CFG->lang)) { 6741 $return = $CFG->lang; 6742 6743 } else { 6744 $return = 'en'; 6745 } 6746 6747 // Just in case this slipped in from somewhere by accident. 6748 $return = str_replace('_utf8', '', $return); 6749 6750 return $return; 6751 } 6752 6753 /** 6754 * Returns parent language of current active language if defined 6755 * 6756 * @category string 6757 * @param string $lang null means current language 6758 * @return string 6759 */ 6760 function get_parent_language($lang=null) { 6761 6762 // Let's hack around the current language. 6763 if (!empty($lang)) { 6764 $oldforcelang = force_current_language($lang); 6765 } 6766 6767 $parentlang = get_string('parentlanguage', 'langconfig'); 6768 if ($parentlang === 'en') { 6769 $parentlang = ''; 6770 } 6771 6772 // Let's hack around the current language. 6773 if (!empty($lang)) { 6774 force_current_language($oldforcelang); 6775 } 6776 6777 return $parentlang; 6778 } 6779 6780 /** 6781 * Force the current language to get strings and dates localised in the given language. 6782 * 6783 * After calling this function, all strings will be provided in the given language 6784 * until this function is called again, or equivalent code is run. 6785 * 6786 * @param string $language 6787 * @return string previous $SESSION->forcelang value 6788 */ 6789 function force_current_language($language) { 6790 global $SESSION; 6791 $sessionforcelang = isset($SESSION->forcelang) ? $SESSION->forcelang : ''; 6792 if ($language !== $sessionforcelang) { 6793 // Seting forcelang to null or an empty string disables it's effect. 6794 if (empty($language) || get_string_manager()->translation_exists($language, false)) { 6795 $SESSION->forcelang = $language; 6796 moodle_setlocale(); 6797 } 6798 } 6799 return $sessionforcelang; 6800 } 6801 6802 /** 6803 * Returns current string_manager instance. 6804 * 6805 * The param $forcereload is needed for CLI installer only where the string_manager instance 6806 * must be replaced during the install.php script life time. 6807 * 6808 * @category string 6809 * @param bool $forcereload shall the singleton be released and new instance created instead? 6810 * @return core_string_manager 6811 */ 6812 function get_string_manager($forcereload=false) { 6813 global $CFG; 6814 6815 static $singleton = null; 6816 6817 if ($forcereload) { 6818 $singleton = null; 6819 } 6820 if ($singleton === null) { 6821 if (empty($CFG->early_install_lang)) { 6822 6823 if (empty($CFG->langlist)) { 6824 $translist = array(); 6825 } else { 6826 $translist = explode(',', $CFG->langlist); 6827 } 6828 6829 $singleton = new core_string_manager_standard($CFG->langotherroot, $CFG->langlocalroot, $translist); 6830 6831 } else { 6832 $singleton = new core_string_manager_install(); 6833 } 6834 } 6835 6836 return $singleton; 6837 } 6838 6839 /** 6840 * Returns a localized string. 6841 * 6842 * Returns the translated string specified by $identifier as 6843 * for $module. Uses the same format files as STphp. 6844 * $a is an object, string or number that can be used 6845 * within translation strings 6846 * 6847 * eg 'hello {$a->firstname} {$a->lastname}' 6848 * or 'hello {$a}' 6849 * 6850 * If you would like to directly echo the localized string use 6851 * the function {@link print_string()} 6852 * 6853 * Example usage of this function involves finding the string you would 6854 * like a local equivalent of and using its identifier and module information 6855 * to retrieve it.<br/> 6856 * If you open moodle/lang/en/moodle.php and look near line 278 6857 * you will find a string to prompt a user for their word for 'course' 6858 * <code> 6859 * $string['course'] = 'Course'; 6860 * </code> 6861 * So if you want to display the string 'Course' 6862 * in any language that supports it on your site 6863 * you just need to use the identifier 'course' 6864 * <code> 6865 * $mystring = '<strong>'. get_string('course') .'</strong>'; 6866 * or 6867 * </code> 6868 * If the string you want is in another file you'd take a slightly 6869 * different approach. Looking in moodle/lang/en/calendar.php you find 6870 * around line 75: 6871 * <code> 6872 * $string['typecourse'] = 'Course event'; 6873 * </code> 6874 * If you want to display the string "Course event" in any language 6875 * supported you would use the identifier 'typecourse' and the module 'calendar' 6876 * (because it is in the file calendar.php): 6877 * <code> 6878 * $mystring = '<h1>'. get_string('typecourse', 'calendar') .'</h1>'; 6879 * </code> 6880 * 6881 * As a last resort, should the identifier fail to map to a string 6882 * the returned string will be [[ $identifier ]] 6883 * 6884 * In Moodle 2.3 there is a new argument to this function $lazyload. 6885 * Setting $lazyload to true causes get_string to return a lang_string object 6886 * rather than the string itself. The fetching of the string is then put off until 6887 * the string object is first used. The object can be used by calling it's out 6888 * method or by casting the object to a string, either directly e.g. 6889 * (string)$stringobject 6890 * or indirectly by using the string within another string or echoing it out e.g. 6891 * echo $stringobject 6892 * return "<p>{$stringobject}</p>"; 6893 * It is worth noting that using $lazyload and attempting to use the string as an 6894 * array key will cause a fatal error as objects cannot be used as array keys. 6895 * But you should never do that anyway! 6896 * For more information {@link lang_string} 6897 * 6898 * @category string 6899 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string 6900 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored, 6901 * usually expressed as the filename in the language pack without the 6902 * .php on the end but can also be written as mod/forum or grade/export/xls. 6903 * If none is specified then moodle.php is used. 6904 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used 6905 * within translation strings 6906 * @param bool $lazyload If set to true a string object is returned instead of 6907 * the string itself. The string then isn't calculated until it is first used. 6908 * @return string The localized string. 6909 * @throws coding_exception 6910 */ 6911 function get_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lazyload = false) { 6912 global $CFG; 6913 6914 // If the lazy load argument has been supplied return a lang_string object 6915 // instead. 6916 // We need to make sure it is true (and a bool) as you will see below there 6917 // used to be a forth argument at one point. 6918 if ($lazyload === true) { 6919 return new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a); 6920 } 6921 6922 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') { 6923 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. The identifier cannot be empty. Please fix your get_string() call.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 6924 } 6925 6926 // There is now a forth argument again, this time it is a boolean however so 6927 // we can still check for the old extralocations parameter. 6928 if (!is_bool($lazyload) && !empty($lazyload)) { 6929 debugging('extralocations parameter in get_string() is not supported any more, please use standard lang locations only.'); 6930 } 6931 6932 if (strpos($component, '/') !== false) { 6933 debugging('The module name you passed to get_string is the deprecated format ' . 6934 'like mod/mymod or block/myblock. The correct form looks like mymod, or block_myblock.' , DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 6935 $componentpath = explode('/', $component); 6936 6937 switch ($componentpath[0]) { 6938 case 'mod': 6939 $component = $componentpath[1]; 6940 break; 6941 case 'blocks': 6942 case 'block': 6943 $component = 'block_'.$componentpath[1]; 6944 break; 6945 case 'enrol': 6946 $component = 'enrol_'.$componentpath[1]; 6947 break; 6948 case 'format': 6949 $component = 'format_'.$componentpath[1]; 6950 break; 6951 case 'grade': 6952 $component = 'grade'.$componentpath[1].'_'.$componentpath[2]; 6953 break; 6954 } 6955 } 6956 6957 $result = get_string_manager()->get_string($identifier, $component, $a); 6958 6959 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component. 6960 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) { 6961 $result .= ' {' . $identifier . '/' . $component . '}'; 6962 } 6963 return $result; 6964 } 6965 6966 /** 6967 * Converts an array of strings to their localized value. 6968 * 6969 * @param array $array An array of strings 6970 * @param string $component The language module that these strings can be found in. 6971 * @return stdClass translated strings. 6972 */ 6973 function get_strings($array, $component = '') { 6974 $string = new stdClass; 6975 foreach ($array as $item) { 6976 $string->$item = get_string($item, $component); 6977 } 6978 return $string; 6979 } 6980 6981 /** 6982 * Prints out a translated string. 6983 * 6984 * Prints out a translated string using the return value from the {@link get_string()} function. 6985 * 6986 * Example usage of this function when the string is in the moodle.php file:<br/> 6987 * <code> 6988 * echo '<strong>'; 6989 * print_string('course'); 6990 * echo '</strong>'; 6991 * </code> 6992 * 6993 * Example usage of this function when the string is not in the moodle.php file:<br/> 6994 * <code> 6995 * echo '<h1>'; 6996 * print_string('typecourse', 'calendar'); 6997 * echo '</h1>'; 6998 * </code> 6999 * 7000 * @category string 7001 * @param string $identifier The key identifier for the localized string 7002 * @param string $component The module where the key identifier is stored. If none is specified then moodle.php is used. 7003 * @param string|object|array $a An object, string or number that can be used within translation strings 7004 */ 7005 function print_string($identifier, $component = '', $a = null) { 7006 echo get_string($identifier, $component, $a); 7007 } 7008 7009 /** 7010 * Returns a list of charset codes 7011 * 7012 * Returns a list of charset codes. It's hardcoded, so they should be added manually 7013 * (checking that such charset is supported by the texlib library!) 7014 * 7015 * @return array And associative array with contents in the form of charset => charset 7016 */ 7017 function get_list_of_charsets() { 7018 7019 $charsets = array( 7020 'EUC-JP' => 'EUC-JP', 7021 'ISO-2022-JP'=> 'ISO-2022-JP', 7022 'ISO-8859-1' => 'ISO-8859-1', 7023 'SHIFT-JIS' => 'SHIFT-JIS', 7024 'GB2312' => 'GB2312', 7025 'GB18030' => 'GB18030', // GB18030 not supported by typo and mbstring. 7026 'UTF-8' => 'UTF-8'); 7027 7028 asort($charsets); 7029 7030 return $charsets; 7031 } 7032 7033 /** 7034 * Returns a list of valid and compatible themes 7035 * 7036 * @return array 7037 */ 7038 function get_list_of_themes() { 7039 global $CFG; 7040 7041 $themes = array(); 7042 7043 if (!empty($CFG->themelist)) { // Use admin's list of themes. 7044 $themelist = explode(',', $CFG->themelist); 7045 } else { 7046 $themelist = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list("theme")); 7047 } 7048 7049 foreach ($themelist as $key => $themename) { 7050 $theme = theme_config::load($themename); 7051 $themes[$themename] = $theme; 7052 } 7053 7054 core_collator::asort_objects_by_method($themes, 'get_theme_name'); 7055 7056 return $themes; 7057 } 7058 7059 /** 7060 * Returns a list of timezones in the current language 7061 * 7062 * @return array 7063 */ 7064 function get_list_of_timezones() { 7065 global $DB; 7066 7067 static $timezones; 7068 7069 if (!empty($timezones)) { // This function has been called recently. 7070 return $timezones; 7071 } 7072 7073 $timezones = array(); 7074 7075 if ($rawtimezones = $DB->get_records_sql("SELECT MAX(id), name FROM {timezone} GROUP BY name")) { 7076 foreach ($rawtimezones as $timezone) { 7077 if (!empty($timezone->name)) { 7078 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists(strtolower($timezone->name), 'timezones')) { 7079 $timezones[$timezone->name] = get_string(strtolower($timezone->name), 'timezones'); 7080 } else { 7081 $timezones[$timezone->name] = $timezone->name; 7082 } 7083 if (substr($timezones[$timezone->name], 0, 1) == '[') { // No translation found. 7084 $timezones[$timezone->name] = $timezone->name; 7085 } 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089 7090 asort($timezones); 7091 7092 for ($i = -13; $i <= 13; $i += .5) { 7093 $tzstring = 'UTC'; 7094 if ($i < 0) { 7095 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring . $i; 7096 } else if ($i > 0) { 7097 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring . '+' . $i; 7098 } else { 7099 $timezones[sprintf("%.1f", $i)] = $tzstring; 7100 } 7101 } 7102 7103 return $timezones; 7104 } 7105 7106 /** 7107 * Factory function for emoticon_manager 7108 * 7109 * @return emoticon_manager singleton 7110 */ 7111 function get_emoticon_manager() { 7112 static $singleton = null; 7113 7114 if (is_null($singleton)) { 7115 $singleton = new emoticon_manager(); 7116 } 7117 7118 return $singleton; 7119 } 7120 7121 /** 7122 * Provides core support for plugins that have to deal with emoticons (like HTML editor or emoticon filter). 7123 * 7124 * Whenever this manager mentiones 'emoticon object', the following data 7125 * structure is expected: stdClass with properties text, imagename, imagecomponent, 7126 * altidentifier and altcomponent 7127 * 7128 * @see admin_setting_emoticons 7129 * 7130 * @copyright 2010 David Mudrak 7131 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 7132 */ 7133 class emoticon_manager { 7134 7135 /** 7136 * Returns the currently enabled emoticons 7137 * 7138 * @return array of emoticon objects 7139 */ 7140 public function get_emoticons() { 7141 global $CFG; 7142 7143 if (empty($CFG->emoticons)) { 7144 return array(); 7145 } 7146 7147 $emoticons = $this->decode_stored_config($CFG->emoticons); 7148 7149 if (!is_array($emoticons)) { 7150 // Something is wrong with the format of stored setting. 7151 debugging('Invalid format of emoticons setting, please resave the emoticons settings form', DEBUG_NORMAL); 7152 return array(); 7153 } 7154 7155 return $emoticons; 7156 } 7157 7158 /** 7159 * Converts emoticon object into renderable pix_emoticon object 7160 * 7161 * @param stdClass $emoticon emoticon object 7162 * @param array $attributes explicit HTML attributes to set 7163 * @return pix_emoticon 7164 */ 7165 public function prepare_renderable_emoticon(stdClass $emoticon, array $attributes = array()) { 7166 $stringmanager = get_string_manager(); 7167 if ($stringmanager->string_exists($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent)) { 7168 $alt = get_string($emoticon->altidentifier, $emoticon->altcomponent); 7169 } else { 7170 $alt = s($emoticon->text); 7171 } 7172 return new pix_emoticon($emoticon->imagename, $alt, $emoticon->imagecomponent, $attributes); 7173 } 7174 7175 /** 7176 * Encodes the array of emoticon objects into a string storable in config table 7177 * 7178 * @see self::decode_stored_config() 7179 * @param array $emoticons array of emtocion objects 7180 * @return string 7181 */ 7182 public function encode_stored_config(array $emoticons) { 7183 return json_encode($emoticons); 7184 } 7185 7186 /** 7187 * Decodes the string into an array of emoticon objects 7188 * 7189 * @see self::encode_stored_config() 7190 * @param string $encoded 7191 * @return string|null 7192 */ 7193 public function decode_stored_config($encoded) { 7194 $decoded = json_decode($encoded); 7195 if (!is_array($decoded)) { 7196 return null; 7197 } 7198 return $decoded; 7199 } 7200 7201 /** 7202 * Returns default set of emoticons supported by Moodle 7203 * 7204 * @return array of sdtClasses 7205 */ 7206 public function default_emoticons() { 7207 return array( 7208 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'), 7209 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":)", 's/smiley', 'smiley'), 7210 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-D", 's/biggrin', 'biggrin'), 7211 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(";-)", 's/wink', 'wink'), 7212 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-/", 's/mixed', 'mixed'), 7213 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("V-.", 's/thoughtful', 'thoughtful'), 7214 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-P", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'), 7215 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-p", 's/tongueout', 'tongueout'), 7216 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("B-)", 's/cool', 'cool'), 7217 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("^-)", 's/approve', 'approve'), 7218 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-)", 's/wideeyes', 'wideeyes'), 7219 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":o)", 's/clown', 'clown'), 7220 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-(", 's/sad', 'sad'), 7221 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":(", 's/sad', 'sad'), 7222 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-.", 's/shy', 'shy'), 7223 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-I", 's/blush', 'blush'), 7224 $this->prepare_emoticon_object(":-X", 's/kiss', 'kiss'), 7225 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-o", 's/surprise', 'surprise'), 7226 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("P-|", 's/blackeye', 'blackeye'), 7227 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("8-[", 's/angry', 'angry'), 7228 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(grr)", 's/angry', 'angry'), 7229 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("xx-P", 's/dead', 'dead'), 7230 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("|-.", 's/sleepy', 'sleepy'), 7231 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("}-]", 's/evil', 'evil'), 7232 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(h)", 's/heart', 'heart'), 7233 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(heart)", 's/heart', 'heart'), 7234 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(y)", 's/yes', 'yes', 'core'), 7235 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(n)", 's/no', 'no', 'core'), 7236 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("(martin)", 's/martin', 'martin'), 7237 $this->prepare_emoticon_object("( )", 's/egg', 'egg'), 7238 ); 7239 } 7240 7241 /** 7242 * Helper method preparing the stdClass with the emoticon properties 7243 * 7244 * @param string|array $text or array of strings 7245 * @param string $imagename to be used by {@link pix_emoticon} 7246 * @param string $altidentifier alternative string identifier, null for no alt 7247 * @param string $altcomponent where the alternative string is defined 7248 * @param string $imagecomponent to be used by {@link pix_emoticon} 7249 * @return stdClass 7250 */ 7251 protected function prepare_emoticon_object($text, $imagename, $altidentifier = null, 7252 $altcomponent = 'core_pix', $imagecomponent = 'core') { 7253 return (object)array( 7254 'text' => $text, 7255 'imagename' => $imagename, 7256 'imagecomponent' => $imagecomponent, 7257 'altidentifier' => $altidentifier, 7258 'altcomponent' => $altcomponent, 7259 ); 7260 } 7261 } 7262 7263 // ENCRYPTION. 7264 7265 /** 7266 * rc4encrypt 7267 * 7268 * @param string $data Data to encrypt. 7269 * @return string The now encrypted data. 7270 */ 7271 function rc4encrypt($data) { 7272 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, ''); 7273 } 7274 7275 /** 7276 * rc4decrypt 7277 * 7278 * @param string $data Data to decrypt. 7279 * @return string The now decrypted data. 7280 */ 7281 function rc4decrypt($data) { 7282 return endecrypt(get_site_identifier(), $data, 'de'); 7283 } 7284 7285 /** 7286 * Based on a class by Mukul Sabharwal [mukulsabharwal @ yahoo.com] 7287 * 7288 * @todo Finish documenting this function 7289 * 7290 * @param string $pwd The password to use when encrypting or decrypting 7291 * @param string $data The data to be decrypted/encrypted 7292 * @param string $case Either 'de' for decrypt or '' for encrypt 7293 * @return string 7294 */ 7295 function endecrypt ($pwd, $data, $case) { 7296 7297 if ($case == 'de') { 7298 $data = urldecode($data); 7299 } 7300 7301 $key[] = ''; 7302 $box[] = ''; 7303 $pwdlength = strlen($pwd); 7304 7305 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) { 7306 $key[$i] = ord(substr($pwd, ($i % $pwdlength), 1)); 7307 $box[$i] = $i; 7308 } 7309 7310 $x = 0; 7311 7312 for ($i = 0; $i <= 255; $i++) { 7313 $x = ($x + $box[$i] + $key[$i]) % 256; 7314 $tempswap = $box[$i]; 7315 $box[$i] = $box[$x]; 7316 $box[$x] = $tempswap; 7317 } 7318 7319 $cipher = ''; 7320 7321 $a = 0; 7322 $j = 0; 7323 7324 for ($i = 0; $i < strlen($data); $i++) { 7325 $a = ($a + 1) % 256; 7326 $j = ($j + $box[$a]) % 256; 7327 $temp = $box[$a]; 7328 $box[$a] = $box[$j]; 7329 $box[$j] = $temp; 7330 $k = $box[(($box[$a] + $box[$j]) % 256)]; 7331 $cipherby = ord(substr($data, $i, 1)) ^ $k; 7332 $cipher .= chr($cipherby); 7333 } 7334 7335 if ($case == 'de') { 7336 $cipher = urldecode(urlencode($cipher)); 7337 } else { 7338 $cipher = urlencode($cipher); 7339 } 7340 7341 return $cipher; 7342 } 7343 7344 // ENVIRONMENT CHECKING. 7345 7346 /** 7347 * This method validates a plug name. It is much faster than calling clean_param. 7348 * 7349 * @param string $name a string that might be a plugin name. 7350 * @return bool if this string is a valid plugin name. 7351 */ 7352 function is_valid_plugin_name($name) { 7353 // This does not work for 'mod', bad luck, use any other type. 7354 return core_component::is_valid_plugin_name('tool', $name); 7355 } 7356 7357 /** 7358 * Get a list of all the plugins of a given type that define a certain API function 7359 * in a certain file. The plugin component names and function names are returned. 7360 * 7361 * @param string $plugintype the type of plugin, e.g. 'mod' or 'report'. 7362 * @param string $function the part of the name of the function after the 7363 * frankenstyle prefix. e.g 'hook' if you are looking for functions with 7364 * names like report_courselist_hook. 7365 * @param string $file the name of file within the plugin that defines the 7366 * function. Defaults to lib.php. 7367 * @return array with frankenstyle plugin names as keys (e.g. 'report_courselist', 'mod_forum') 7368 * and the function names as values (e.g. 'report_courselist_hook', 'forum_hook'). 7369 */ 7370 function get_plugin_list_with_function($plugintype, $function, $file = 'lib.php') { 7371 $pluginfunctions = array(); 7372 $pluginswithfile = core_component::get_plugin_list_with_file($plugintype, $file, true); 7373 foreach ($pluginswithfile as $plugin => $notused) { 7374 $fullfunction = $plugintype . '_' . $plugin . '_' . $function; 7375 7376 if (function_exists($fullfunction)) { 7377 // Function exists with standard name. Store, indexed by frankenstyle name of plugin. 7378 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $plugin] = $fullfunction; 7379 7380 } else if ($plugintype === 'mod') { 7381 // For modules, we also allow plugin without full frankenstyle but just starting with the module name. 7382 $shortfunction = $plugin . '_' . $function; 7383 if (function_exists($shortfunction)) { 7384 $pluginfunctions[$plugintype . '_' . $plugin] = $shortfunction; 7385 } 7386 } 7387 } 7388 return $pluginfunctions; 7389 } 7390 7391 /** 7392 * Lists plugin-like directories within specified directory 7393 * 7394 * This function was originally used for standard Moodle plugins, please use 7395 * new core_component::get_plugin_list() now. 7396 * 7397 * This function is used for general directory listing and backwards compatility. 7398 * 7399 * @param string $directory relative directory from root 7400 * @param string $exclude dir name to exclude from the list (defaults to none) 7401 * @param string $basedir full path to the base dir where $plugin resides (defaults to $CFG->dirroot) 7402 * @return array Sorted array of directory names found under the requested parameters 7403 */ 7404 function get_list_of_plugins($directory='mod', $exclude='', $basedir='') { 7405 global $CFG; 7406 7407 $plugins = array(); 7408 7409 if (empty($basedir)) { 7410 $basedir = $CFG->dirroot .'/'. $directory; 7411 7412 } else { 7413 $basedir = $basedir .'/'. $directory; 7414 } 7415 7416 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper and empty($exclude)) { 7417 // Make sure devs do not use this to list normal plugins, 7418 // this is intended for general directories that are not plugins! 7419 7420 $subtypes = core_component::get_plugin_types(); 7421 if (in_array($basedir, $subtypes)) { 7422 debugging('get_list_of_plugins() should not be used to list real plugins, use core_component::get_plugin_list() instead!', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7423 } 7424 unset($subtypes); 7425 } 7426 7427 if (file_exists($basedir) && filetype($basedir) == 'dir') { 7428 if (!$dirhandle = opendir($basedir)) { 7429 debugging("Directory permission error for plugin ({$directory}). Directory exists but cannot be read.", DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7430 return array(); 7431 } 7432 while (false !== ($dir = readdir($dirhandle))) { 7433 // Func: strpos is marginally but reliably faster than substr($dir, 0, 1). 7434 if (strpos($dir, '.') === 0 or $dir === 'CVS' or $dir === '_vti_cnf' or $dir === 'simpletest' or $dir === 'yui' or 7435 $dir === 'tests' or $dir === 'classes' or $dir === $exclude) { 7436 continue; 7437 } 7438 if (filetype($basedir .'/'. $dir) != 'dir') { 7439 continue; 7440 } 7441 $plugins[] = $dir; 7442 } 7443 closedir($dirhandle); 7444 } 7445 if ($plugins) { 7446 asort($plugins); 7447 } 7448 return $plugins; 7449 } 7450 7451 /** 7452 * Invoke plugin's callback functions 7453 * 7454 * @param string $type plugin type e.g. 'mod' 7455 * @param string $name plugin name 7456 * @param string $feature feature name 7457 * @param string $action feature's action 7458 * @param array $params parameters of callback function, should be an array 7459 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null. 7460 * @return mixed 7461 * 7462 * @todo Decide about to deprecate and drop plugin_callback() - MDL-30743 7463 */ 7464 function plugin_callback($type, $name, $feature, $action, $params = null, $default = null) { 7465 return component_callback($type . '_' . $name, $feature . '_' . $action, (array) $params, $default); 7466 } 7467 7468 /** 7469 * Invoke component's callback functions 7470 * 7471 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz' 7472 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron' 7473 * @param array $params parameters of callback function 7474 * @param mixed $default default value if callback function hasn't been defined, or if it retursn null. 7475 * @return mixed 7476 */ 7477 function component_callback($component, $function, array $params = array(), $default = null) { 7478 7479 $functionname = component_callback_exists($component, $function); 7480 7481 if ($functionname) { 7482 // Function exists, so just return function result. 7483 $ret = call_user_func_array($functionname, $params); 7484 if (is_null($ret)) { 7485 return $default; 7486 } else { 7487 return $ret; 7488 } 7489 } 7490 return $default; 7491 } 7492 7493 /** 7494 * Determine if a component callback exists and return the function name to call. Note that this 7495 * function will include the required library files so that the functioname returned can be 7496 * called directly. 7497 * 7498 * @param string $component frankenstyle component name, e.g. 'mod_quiz' 7499 * @param string $function the rest of the function name, e.g. 'cron' will end up calling 'mod_quiz_cron' 7500 * @return mixed Complete function name to call if the callback exists or false if it doesn't. 7501 * @throws coding_exception if invalid component specfied 7502 */ 7503 function component_callback_exists($component, $function) { 7504 global $CFG; // This is needed for the inclusions. 7505 7506 $cleancomponent = clean_param($component, PARAM_COMPONENT); 7507 if (empty($cleancomponent)) { 7508 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component); 7509 } 7510 $component = $cleancomponent; 7511 7512 list($type, $name) = core_component::normalize_component($component); 7513 $component = $type . '_' . $name; 7514 7515 $oldfunction = $name.'_'.$function; 7516 $function = $component.'_'.$function; 7517 7518 $dir = core_component::get_component_directory($component); 7519 if (empty($dir)) { 7520 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin/component_callback():' . $component); 7521 } 7522 7523 // Load library and look for function. 7524 if (file_exists($dir.'/lib.php')) { 7525 require_once($dir.'/lib.php'); 7526 } 7527 7528 if (!function_exists($function) and function_exists($oldfunction)) { 7529 if ($type !== 'mod' and $type !== 'core') { 7530 debugging("Please use new function name $function instead of legacy $oldfunction", DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 7531 } 7532 $function = $oldfunction; 7533 } 7534 7535 if (function_exists($function)) { 7536 return $function; 7537 } 7538 return false; 7539 } 7540 7541 /** 7542 * Checks whether a plugin supports a specified feature. 7543 * 7544 * @param string $type Plugin type e.g. 'mod' 7545 * @param string $name Plugin name e.g. 'forum' 7546 * @param string $feature Feature code (FEATURE_xx constant) 7547 * @param mixed $default default value if feature support unknown 7548 * @return mixed Feature result (false if not supported, null if feature is unknown, 7549 * otherwise usually true but may have other feature-specific value such as array) 7550 * @throws coding_exception 7551 */ 7552 function plugin_supports($type, $name, $feature, $default = null) { 7553 global $CFG; 7554 7555 if ($type === 'mod' and $name === 'NEWMODULE') { 7556 // Somebody forgot to rename the module template. 7557 return false; 7558 } 7559 7560 $component = clean_param($type . '_' . $name, PARAM_COMPONENT); 7561 if (empty($component)) { 7562 throw new coding_exception('Invalid component used in plugin_supports():' . $type . '_' . $name); 7563 } 7564 7565 $function = null; 7566 7567 if ($type === 'mod') { 7568 // We need this special case because we support subplugins in modules, 7569 // otherwise it would end up in infinite loop. 7570 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php")) { 7571 include_once("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$name/lib.php"); 7572 $function = $component.'_supports'; 7573 if (!function_exists($function)) { 7574 // Legacy non-frankenstyle function name. 7575 $function = $name.'_supports'; 7576 } 7577 } 7578 7579 } else { 7580 if (!$path = core_component::get_plugin_directory($type, $name)) { 7581 // Non existent plugin type. 7582 return false; 7583 } 7584 if (file_exists("$path/lib.php")) { 7585 include_once("$path/lib.php"); 7586 $function = $component.'_supports'; 7587 } 7588 } 7589 7590 if ($function and function_exists($function)) { 7591 $supports = $function($feature); 7592 if (is_null($supports)) { 7593 // Plugin does not know - use default. 7594 return $default; 7595 } else { 7596 return $supports; 7597 } 7598 } 7599 7600 // Plugin does not care, so use default. 7601 return $default; 7602 } 7603 7604 /** 7605 * Returns true if the current version of PHP is greater that the specified one. 7606 * 7607 * @todo Check PHP version being required here is it too low? 7608 * 7609 * @param string $version The version of php being tested. 7610 * @return bool 7611 */ 7612 function check_php_version($version='5.2.4') { 7613 return (version_compare(phpversion(), $version) >= 0); 7614 } 7615 7616 /** 7617 * Determine if moodle installation requires update. 7618 * 7619 * Checks version numbers of main code and all plugins to see 7620 * if there are any mismatches. 7621 * 7622 * @return bool 7623 */ 7624 function moodle_needs_upgrading() { 7625 global $CFG; 7626 7627 if (empty($CFG->version)) { 7628 return true; 7629 } 7630 7631 // There is no need to purge plugininfo caches here because 7632 // these caches are not used during upgrade and they are purged after 7633 // every upgrade. 7634 7635 if (empty($CFG->allversionshash)) { 7636 return true; 7637 } 7638 7639 $hash = core_component::get_all_versions_hash(); 7640 7641 return ($hash !== $CFG->allversionshash); 7642 } 7643 7644 /** 7645 * Returns the major version of this site 7646 * 7647 * Moodle version numbers consist of three numbers separated by a dot, for 7648 * example 1.9.11 or 2.0.2. The first two numbers, like 1.9 or 2.0, represent so 7649 * called major version. This function extracts the major version from either 7650 * $CFG->release (default) or eventually from the $release variable defined in 7651 * the main version.php. 7652 * 7653 * @param bool $fromdisk should the version if source code files be used 7654 * @return string|false the major version like '2.3', false if could not be determined 7655 */ 7656 function moodle_major_version($fromdisk = false) { 7657 global $CFG; 7658 7659 if ($fromdisk) { 7660 $release = null; 7661 require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php'); 7662 if (empty($release)) { 7663 return false; 7664 } 7665 7666 } else { 7667 if (empty($CFG->release)) { 7668 return false; 7669 } 7670 $release = $CFG->release; 7671 } 7672 7673 if (preg_match('/^[0-9]+\.[0-9]+/', $release, $matches)) { 7674 return $matches[0]; 7675 } else { 7676 return false; 7677 } 7678 } 7679 7680 // MISCELLANEOUS. 7681 7682 /** 7683 * Sets the system locale 7684 * 7685 * @category string 7686 * @param string $locale Can be used to force a locale 7687 */ 7688 function moodle_setlocale($locale='') { 7689 global $CFG; 7690 7691 static $currentlocale = ''; // Last locale caching. 7692 7693 $oldlocale = $currentlocale; 7694 7695 // Fetch the correct locale based on ostype. 7696 if ($CFG->ostype == 'WINDOWS') { 7697 $stringtofetch = 'localewin'; 7698 } else { 7699 $stringtofetch = 'locale'; 7700 } 7701 7702 // The priority is the same as in get_string() - parameter, config, course, session, user, global language. 7703 if (!empty($locale)) { 7704 $currentlocale = $locale; 7705 } else if (!empty($CFG->locale)) { // Override locale for all language packs. 7706 $currentlocale = $CFG->locale; 7707 } else { 7708 $currentlocale = get_string($stringtofetch, 'langconfig'); 7709 } 7710 7711 // Do nothing if locale already set up. 7712 if ($oldlocale == $currentlocale) { 7713 return; 7714 } 7715 7716 // Due to some strange BUG we cannot set the LC_TIME directly, so we fetch current values, 7717 // set LC_ALL and then set values again. Just wondering why we cannot set LC_ALL only??? - stronk7 7718 // Some day, numeric, monetary and other categories should be set too, I think. :-/. 7719 7720 // Get current values. 7721 $monetary= setlocale (LC_MONETARY, 0); 7722 $numeric = setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, 0); 7723 $ctype = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, 0); 7724 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') { 7725 $messages= setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, 0); 7726 } 7727 // Set locale to all. 7728 $result = setlocale (LC_ALL, $currentlocale); 7729 // If setting of locale fails try the other utf8 or utf-8 variant, 7730 // some operating systems support both (Debian), others just one (OSX). 7731 if ($result === false) { 7732 if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF-8') !== false) { 7733 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF-8', '.UTF8', $currentlocale); 7734 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale); 7735 } else if (stripos($currentlocale, '.UTF8') !== false) { 7736 $newlocale = str_ireplace('.UTF8', '.UTF-8', $currentlocale); 7737 setlocale (LC_ALL, $newlocale); 7738 } 7739 } 7740 // Set old values. 7741 setlocale (LC_MONETARY, $monetary); 7742 setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, $numeric); 7743 if ($CFG->ostype != 'WINDOWS') { 7744 setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, $messages); 7745 } 7746 if ($currentlocale == 'tr_TR' or $currentlocale == 'tr_TR.UTF-8') { 7747 // To workaround a well-known PHP problem with Turkish letter Ii. 7748 setlocale (LC_CTYPE, $ctype); 7749 } 7750 } 7751 7752 /** 7753 * Count words in a string. 7754 * 7755 * Words are defined as things between whitespace. 7756 * 7757 * @category string 7758 * @param string $string The text to be searched for words. 7759 * @return int The count of words in the specified string 7760 */ 7761 function count_words($string) { 7762 $string = strip_tags($string); 7763 // Decode HTML entities. 7764 $string = html_entity_decode($string); 7765 // Replace underscores (which are classed as word characters) with spaces. 7766 $string = preg_replace('/_/u', ' ', $string); 7767 // Remove any characters that shouldn't be treated as word boundaries. 7768 $string = preg_replace('/[\'’-]/u', '', $string); 7769 // Remove dots and commas from within numbers only. 7770 $string = preg_replace('/([0-9])[.,]([0-9])/u', '$1$2', $string); 7771 7772 return count(preg_split('/\w\b/u', $string)) - 1; 7773 } 7774 7775 /** 7776 * Count letters in a string. 7777 * 7778 * Letters are defined as chars not in tags and different from whitespace. 7779 * 7780 * @category string 7781 * @param string $string The text to be searched for letters. 7782 * @return int The count of letters in the specified text. 7783 */ 7784 function count_letters($string) { 7785 $string = strip_tags($string); // Tags are out now. 7786 $string = preg_replace('/[[:space:]]*/', '', $string); // Whitespace are out now. 7787 7788 return core_text::strlen($string); 7789 } 7790 7791 /** 7792 * Generate and return a random string of the specified length. 7793 * 7794 * @param int $length The length of the string to be created. 7795 * @return string 7796 */ 7797 function random_string ($length=15) { 7798 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'; 7799 $pool .= 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'; 7800 $pool .= '0123456789'; 7801 $poollen = strlen($pool); 7802 $string = ''; 7803 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) { 7804 $string .= substr($pool, (mt_rand()%($poollen)), 1); 7805 } 7806 return $string; 7807 } 7808 7809 /** 7810 * Generate a complex random string (useful for md5 salts) 7811 * 7812 * This function is based on the above {@link random_string()} however it uses a 7813 * larger pool of characters and generates a string between 24 and 32 characters 7814 * 7815 * @param int $length Optional if set generates a string to exactly this length 7816 * @return string 7817 */ 7818 function complex_random_string($length=null) { 7819 $pool = 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789'; 7820 $pool .= '`~!@#%^&*()_+-=[];,./<>?:{} '; 7821 $poollen = strlen($pool); 7822 if ($length===null) { 7823 $length = floor(rand(24, 32)); 7824 } 7825 $string = ''; 7826 for ($i = 0; $i < $length; $i++) { 7827 $string .= $pool[(mt_rand()%$poollen)]; 7828 } 7829 return $string; 7830 } 7831 7832 /** 7833 * Given some text (which may contain HTML) and an ideal length, 7834 * this function truncates the text neatly on a word boundary if possible 7835 * 7836 * @category string 7837 * @param string $text text to be shortened 7838 * @param int $ideal ideal string length 7839 * @param boolean $exact if false, $text will not be cut mid-word 7840 * @param string $ending The string to append if the passed string is truncated 7841 * @return string $truncate shortened string 7842 */ 7843 function shorten_text($text, $ideal=30, $exact = false, $ending='...') { 7844 // If the plain text is shorter than the maximum length, return the whole text. 7845 if (core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/<.*?>/', '', $text)) <= $ideal) { 7846 return $text; 7847 } 7848 7849 // Splits on HTML tags. Each open/close/empty tag will be the first thing 7850 // and only tag in its 'line'. 7851 preg_match_all('/(<.+?>)?([^<>]*)/s', $text, $lines, PREG_SET_ORDER); 7852 7853 $totallength = core_text::strlen($ending); 7854 $truncate = ''; 7855 7856 // This array stores information about open and close tags and their position 7857 // in the truncated string. Each item in the array is an object with fields 7858 // ->open (true if open), ->tag (tag name in lower case), and ->pos 7859 // (byte position in truncated text). 7860 $tagdetails = array(); 7861 7862 foreach ($lines as $linematchings) { 7863 // If there is any html-tag in this line, handle it and add it (uncounted) to the output. 7864 if (!empty($linematchings[1])) { 7865 // If it's an "empty element" with or without xhtml-conform closing slash (f.e. <br/>). 7866 if (!preg_match('/^<(\s*.+?\/\s*|\s*(img|br|input|hr|area|base|basefont|col|frame|isindex|link|meta|param)(\s.+?)?)>$/is', $linematchings[1])) { 7867 if (preg_match('/^<\s*\/([^\s]+?)\s*>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 7868 // Record closing tag. 7869 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 7870 'open' => false, 7871 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]), 7872 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 7873 ); 7874 7875 } else if (preg_match('/^<\s*([^\s>!]+).*?>$/s', $linematchings[1], $tagmatchings)) { 7876 // Record opening tag. 7877 $tagdetails[] = (object) array( 7878 'open' => true, 7879 'tag' => core_text::strtolower($tagmatchings[1]), 7880 'pos' => core_text::strlen($truncate), 7881 ); 7882 } 7883 } 7884 // Add html-tag to $truncate'd text. 7885 $truncate .= $linematchings[1]; 7886 } 7887 7888 // Calculate the length of the plain text part of the line; handle entities as one character. 7889 $contentlength = core_text::strlen(preg_replace('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', ' ', $linematchings[2])); 7890 if ($totallength + $contentlength > $ideal) { 7891 // The number of characters which are left. 7892 $left = $ideal - $totallength; 7893 $entitieslength = 0; 7894 // Search for html entities. 7895 if (preg_match_all('/&[0-9a-z]{2,8};|&#[0-9]{1,7};|&#x[0-9a-f]{1,6};/i', $linematchings[2], $entities, PREG_OFFSET_CAPTURE)) { 7896 // Calculate the real length of all entities in the legal range. 7897 foreach ($entities[0] as $entity) { 7898 if ($entity[1]+1-$entitieslength <= $left) { 7899 $left--; 7900 $entitieslength += core_text::strlen($entity[0]); 7901 } else { 7902 // No more characters left. 7903 break; 7904 } 7905 } 7906 } 7907 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 7908 7909 // If the words shouldn't be cut in the middle... 7910 if (!$exact) { 7911 // Search the last occurence of a space. 7912 for (; $breakpos > 0; $breakpos--) { 7913 if ($char = core_text::substr($linematchings[2], $breakpos, 1)) { 7914 if ($char === '.' or $char === ' ') { 7915 $breakpos += 1; 7916 break; 7917 } else if (strlen($char) > 2) { 7918 // Chinese/Japanese/Korean text can be truncated at any UTF-8 character boundary. 7919 $breakpos += 1; 7920 break; 7921 } 7922 } 7923 } 7924 } 7925 if ($breakpos == 0) { 7926 // This deals with the test_shorten_text_no_spaces case. 7927 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 7928 } else if ($breakpos > $left + $entitieslength) { 7929 // This deals with the previous for loop breaking on the first char. 7930 $breakpos = $left + $entitieslength; 7931 } 7932 7933 $truncate .= core_text::substr($linematchings[2], 0, $breakpos); 7934 // Maximum length is reached, so get off the loop. 7935 break; 7936 } else { 7937 $truncate .= $linematchings[2]; 7938 $totallength += $contentlength; 7939 } 7940 7941 // If the maximum length is reached, get off the loop. 7942 if ($totallength >= $ideal) { 7943 break; 7944 } 7945 } 7946 7947 // Add the defined ending to the text. 7948 $truncate .= $ending; 7949 7950 // Now calculate the list of open html tags based on the truncate position. 7951 $opentags = array(); 7952 foreach ($tagdetails as $taginfo) { 7953 if ($taginfo->open) { 7954 // Add tag to the beginning of $opentags list. 7955 array_unshift($opentags, $taginfo->tag); 7956 } else { 7957 // Can have multiple exact same open tags, close the last one. 7958 $pos = array_search($taginfo->tag, array_reverse($opentags, true)); 7959 if ($pos !== false) { 7960 unset($opentags[$pos]); 7961 } 7962 } 7963 } 7964 7965 // Close all unclosed html-tags. 7966 foreach ($opentags as $tag) { 7967 $truncate .= '</' . $tag . '>'; 7968 } 7969 7970 return $truncate; 7971 } 7972 7973 7974 /** 7975 * Given dates in seconds, how many weeks is the date from startdate 7976 * The first week is 1, the second 2 etc ... 7977 * 7978 * @param int $startdate Timestamp for the start date 7979 * @param int $thedate Timestamp for the end date 7980 * @return string 7981 */ 7982 function getweek ($startdate, $thedate) { 7983 if ($thedate < $startdate) { 7984 return 0; 7985 } 7986 7987 return floor(($thedate - $startdate) / WEEKSECS) + 1; 7988 } 7989 7990 /** 7991 * Returns a randomly generated password of length $maxlen. inspired by 7992 * 7993 * {@link http://www.phpbuilder.com/columns/jesus19990502.php3} and 7994 * {@link http://es2.php.net/manual/en/function.str-shuffle.php#73254} 7995 * 7996 * @param int $maxlen The maximum size of the password being generated. 7997 * @return string 7998 */ 7999 function generate_password($maxlen=10) { 8000 global $CFG; 8001 8002 if (empty($CFG->passwordpolicy)) { 8003 $fillers = PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8004 $wordlist = file($CFG->wordlist); 8005 $word1 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]); 8006 $word2 = trim($wordlist[rand(0, count($wordlist) - 1)]); 8007 $filler1 = $fillers[rand(0, strlen($fillers) - 1)]; 8008 $password = $word1 . $filler1 . $word2; 8009 } else { 8010 $minlen = !empty($CFG->minpasswordlength) ? $CFG->minpasswordlength : 0; 8011 $digits = $CFG->minpassworddigits; 8012 $lower = $CFG->minpasswordlower; 8013 $upper = $CFG->minpasswordupper; 8014 $nonalphanum = $CFG->minpasswordnonalphanum; 8015 $total = $lower + $upper + $digits + $nonalphanum; 8016 // Var minlength should be the greater one of the two ( $minlen and $total ). 8017 $minlen = $minlen < $total ? $total : $minlen; 8018 // Var maxlen can never be smaller than minlen. 8019 $maxlen = $minlen > $maxlen ? $minlen : $maxlen; 8020 $additional = $maxlen - $total; 8021 8022 // Make sure we have enough characters to fulfill 8023 // complexity requirements. 8024 $passworddigits = PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8025 while ($digits > strlen($passworddigits)) { 8026 $passworddigits .= PASSWORD_DIGITS; 8027 } 8028 $passwordlower = PASSWORD_LOWER; 8029 while ($lower > strlen($passwordlower)) { 8030 $passwordlower .= PASSWORD_LOWER; 8031 } 8032 $passwordupper = PASSWORD_UPPER; 8033 while ($upper > strlen($passwordupper)) { 8034 $passwordupper .= PASSWORD_UPPER; 8035 } 8036 $passwordnonalphanum = PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM; 8037 while ($nonalphanum > strlen($passwordnonalphanum)) { 8038 $passwordnonalphanum .= PASSWORD_NONALPHANUM; 8039 } 8040 8041 // Now mix and shuffle it all. 8042 $password = str_shuffle (substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower), 0, $lower) . 8043 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordupper), 0, $upper) . 8044 substr(str_shuffle ($passworddigits), 0, $digits) . 8045 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $nonalphanum) . 8046 substr(str_shuffle ($passwordlower . 8047 $passwordupper . 8048 $passworddigits . 8049 $passwordnonalphanum), 0 , $additional)); 8050 } 8051 8052 return substr ($password, 0, $maxlen); 8053 } 8054 8055 /** 8056 * Given a float, prints it nicely. 8057 * Localized floats must not be used in calculations! 8058 * 8059 * The stripzeros feature is intended for making numbers look nicer in small 8060 * areas where it is not necessary to indicate the degree of accuracy by showing 8061 * ending zeros. If you turn it on with $decimalpoints set to 3, for example, 8062 * then it will display '5.4' instead of '5.400' or '5' instead of '5.000'. 8063 * 8064 * @param float $float The float to print 8065 * @param int $decimalpoints The number of decimal places to print. 8066 * @param bool $localized use localized decimal separator 8067 * @param bool $stripzeros If true, removes final zeros after decimal point 8068 * @return string locale float 8069 */ 8070 function format_float($float, $decimalpoints=1, $localized=true, $stripzeros=false) { 8071 if (is_null($float)) { 8072 return ''; 8073 } 8074 if ($localized) { 8075 $separator = get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'); 8076 } else { 8077 $separator = '.'; 8078 } 8079 $result = number_format($float, $decimalpoints, $separator, ''); 8080 if ($stripzeros) { 8081 // Remove zeros and final dot if not needed. 8082 $result = preg_replace('~(' . preg_quote($separator) . ')?0+$~', '', $result); 8083 } 8084 return $result; 8085 } 8086 8087 /** 8088 * Converts locale specific floating point/comma number back to standard PHP float value 8089 * Do NOT try to do any math operations before this conversion on any user submitted floats! 8090 * 8091 * @param string $localefloat locale aware float representation 8092 * @param bool $strict If true, then check the input and return false if it is not a valid number. 8093 * @return mixed float|bool - false or the parsed float. 8094 */ 8095 function unformat_float($localefloat, $strict = false) { 8096 $localefloat = trim($localefloat); 8097 8098 if ($localefloat == '') { 8099 return null; 8100 } 8101 8102 $localefloat = str_replace(' ', '', $localefloat); // No spaces - those might be used as thousand separators. 8103 $localefloat = str_replace(get_string('decsep', 'langconfig'), '.', $localefloat); 8104 8105 if ($strict && !is_numeric($localefloat)) { 8106 return false; 8107 } 8108 8109 return (float)$localefloat; 8110 } 8111 8112 /** 8113 * Given a simple array, this shuffles it up just like shuffle() 8114 * Unlike PHP's shuffle() this function works on any machine. 8115 * 8116 * @param array $array The array to be rearranged 8117 * @return array 8118 */ 8119 function swapshuffle($array) { 8120 8121 $last = count($array) - 1; 8122 for ($i = 0; $i <= $last; $i++) { 8123 $from = rand(0, $last); 8124 $curr = $array[$i]; 8125 $array[$i] = $array[$from]; 8126 $array[$from] = $curr; 8127 } 8128 return $array; 8129 } 8130 8131 /** 8132 * Like {@link swapshuffle()}, but works on associative arrays 8133 * 8134 * @param array $array The associative array to be rearranged 8135 * @return array 8136 */ 8137 function swapshuffle_assoc($array) { 8138 8139 $newarray = array(); 8140 $newkeys = swapshuffle(array_keys($array)); 8141 8142 foreach ($newkeys as $newkey) { 8143 $newarray[$newkey] = $array[$newkey]; 8144 } 8145 return $newarray; 8146 } 8147 8148 /** 8149 * Given an arbitrary array, and a number of draws, 8150 * this function returns an array with that amount 8151 * of items. The indexes are retained. 8152 * 8153 * @todo Finish documenting this function 8154 * 8155 * @param array $array 8156 * @param int $draws 8157 * @return array 8158 */ 8159 function draw_rand_array($array, $draws) { 8160 8161 $return = array(); 8162 8163 $last = count($array); 8164 8165 if ($draws > $last) { 8166 $draws = $last; 8167 } 8168 8169 while ($draws > 0) { 8170 $last--; 8171 8172 $keys = array_keys($array); 8173 $rand = rand(0, $last); 8174 8175 $return[$keys[$rand]] = $array[$keys[$rand]]; 8176 unset($array[$keys[$rand]]); 8177 8178 $draws--; 8179 } 8180 8181 return $return; 8182 } 8183 8184 /** 8185 * Calculate the difference between two microtimes 8186 * 8187 * @param string $a The first Microtime 8188 * @param string $b The second Microtime 8189 * @return string 8190 */ 8191 function microtime_diff($a, $b) { 8192 list($adec, $asec) = explode(' ', $a); 8193 list($bdec, $bsec) = explode(' ', $b); 8194 return $bsec - $asec + $bdec - $adec; 8195 } 8196 8197 /** 8198 * Given a list (eg a,b,c,d,e) this function returns 8199 * an array of 1->a, 2->b, 3->c etc 8200 * 8201 * @param string $list The string to explode into array bits 8202 * @param string $separator The separator used within the list string 8203 * @return array The now assembled array 8204 */ 8205 function make_menu_from_list($list, $separator=',') { 8206 8207 $array = array_reverse(explode($separator, $list), true); 8208 foreach ($array as $key => $item) { 8209 $outarray[$key+1] = trim($item); 8210 } 8211 return $outarray; 8212 } 8213 8214 /** 8215 * Creates an array that represents all the current grades that 8216 * can be chosen using the given grading type. 8217 * 8218 * Negative numbers 8219 * are scales, zero is no grade, and positive numbers are maximum 8220 * grades. 8221 * 8222 * @todo Finish documenting this function or better deprecated this completely! 8223 * 8224 * @param int $gradingtype 8225 * @return array 8226 */ 8227 function make_grades_menu($gradingtype) { 8228 global $DB; 8229 8230 $grades = array(); 8231 if ($gradingtype < 0) { 8232 if ($scale = $DB->get_record('scale', array('id'=> (-$gradingtype)))) { 8233 return make_menu_from_list($scale->scale); 8234 } 8235 } else if ($gradingtype > 0) { 8236 for ($i=$gradingtype; $i>=0; $i--) { 8237 $grades[$i] = $i .' / '. $gradingtype; 8238 } 8239 return $grades; 8240 } 8241 return $grades; 8242 } 8243 8244 /** 8245 * This function returns the number of activities using the given scale in the given course. 8246 * 8247 * @param int $courseid The course ID to check. 8248 * @param int $scaleid The scale ID to check 8249 * @return int 8250 */ 8251 function course_scale_used($courseid, $scaleid) { 8252 global $CFG, $DB; 8253 8254 $return = 0; 8255 8256 if (!empty($scaleid)) { 8257 if ($cms = get_course_mods($courseid)) { 8258 foreach ($cms as $cm) { 8259 // Check cm->name/lib.php exists. 8260 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$cm->modname.'/lib.php')) { 8261 include_once($CFG->dirroot.'/mod/'.$cm->modname.'/lib.php'); 8262 $functionname = $cm->modname.'_scale_used'; 8263 if (function_exists($functionname)) { 8264 if ($functionname($cm->instance, $scaleid)) { 8265 $return++; 8266 } 8267 } 8268 } 8269 } 8270 } 8271 8272 // Check if any course grade item makes use of the scale. 8273 $return += $DB->count_records('grade_items', array('courseid' => $courseid, 'scaleid' => $scaleid)); 8274 8275 // Check if any outcome in the course makes use of the scale. 8276 $return += $DB->count_records_sql("SELECT COUNT('x') 8277 FROM {grade_outcomes_courses} goc, 8278 {grade_outcomes} go 8279 WHERE go.id = goc.outcomeid 8280 AND go.scaleid = ? AND goc.courseid = ?", 8281 array($scaleid, $courseid)); 8282 } 8283 return $return; 8284 } 8285 8286 /** 8287 * This function returns the number of activities using scaleid in the entire site 8288 * 8289 * @param int $scaleid 8290 * @param array $courses 8291 * @return int 8292 */ 8293 function site_scale_used($scaleid, &$courses) { 8294 $return = 0; 8295 8296 if (!is_array($courses) || count($courses) == 0) { 8297 $courses = get_courses("all", false, "c.id, c.shortname"); 8298 } 8299 8300 if (!empty($scaleid)) { 8301 if (is_array($courses) && count($courses) > 0) { 8302 foreach ($courses as $course) { 8303 $return += course_scale_used($course->id, $scaleid); 8304 } 8305 } 8306 } 8307 return $return; 8308 } 8309 8310 /** 8311 * make_unique_id_code 8312 * 8313 * @todo Finish documenting this function 8314 * 8315 * @uses $_SERVER 8316 * @param string $extra Extra string to append to the end of the code 8317 * @return string 8318 */ 8319 function make_unique_id_code($extra = '') { 8320 8321 $hostname = 'unknownhost'; 8322 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'])) { 8323 $hostname = $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']; 8324 } else if (!empty($_ENV['HTTP_HOST'])) { 8325 $hostname = $_ENV['HTTP_HOST']; 8326 } else if (!empty($_SERVER['SERVER_NAME'])) { 8327 $hostname = $_SERVER['SERVER_NAME']; 8328 } else if (!empty($_ENV['SERVER_NAME'])) { 8329 $hostname = $_ENV['SERVER_NAME']; 8330 } 8331 8332 $date = gmdate("ymdHis"); 8333 8334 $random = random_string(6); 8335 8336 if ($extra) { 8337 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random .'+'. $extra; 8338 } else { 8339 return $hostname .'+'. $date .'+'. $random; 8340 } 8341 } 8342 8343 8344 /** 8345 * Function to check the passed address is within the passed subnet 8346 * 8347 * The parameter is a comma separated string of subnet definitions. 8348 * Subnet strings can be in one of three formats: 8349 * 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn (number of bits in net mask) 8350 * 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy (a range of IP addresses in the last group) 8351 * 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. (incomplete address, a bit non-technical ;-) 8352 * Code for type 1 modified from user posted comments by mediator at 8353 * {@link http://au.php.net/manual/en/function.ip2long.php} 8354 * 8355 * @param string $addr The address you are checking 8356 * @param string $subnetstr The string of subnet addresses 8357 * @return bool 8358 */ 8359 function address_in_subnet($addr, $subnetstr) { 8360 8361 if ($addr == '0.0.0.0') { 8362 return false; 8363 } 8364 $subnets = explode(',', $subnetstr); 8365 $found = false; 8366 $addr = trim($addr); 8367 $addr = cleanremoteaddr($addr, false); // Normalise. 8368 if ($addr === null) { 8369 return false; 8370 } 8371 $addrparts = explode(':', $addr); 8372 8373 $ipv6 = strpos($addr, ':'); 8374 8375 foreach ($subnets as $subnet) { 8376 $subnet = trim($subnet); 8377 if ($subnet === '') { 8378 continue; 8379 } 8380 8381 if (strpos($subnet, '/') !== false) { 8382 // 1: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/nn or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx/nnn. 8383 list($ip, $mask) = explode('/', $subnet); 8384 $mask = trim($mask); 8385 if (!is_number($mask)) { 8386 continue; // Incorect mask number, eh? 8387 } 8388 $ip = cleanremoteaddr($ip, false); // Normalise. 8389 if ($ip === null) { 8390 continue; 8391 } 8392 if (strpos($ip, ':') !== false) { 8393 // IPv6. 8394 if (!$ipv6) { 8395 continue; 8396 } 8397 if ($mask > 128 or $mask < 0) { 8398 continue; // Nonsense. 8399 } 8400 if ($mask == 0) { 8401 return true; // Any address. 8402 } 8403 if ($mask == 128) { 8404 if ($ip === $addr) { 8405 return true; 8406 } 8407 continue; 8408 } 8409 $ipparts = explode(':', $ip); 8410 $modulo = $mask % 16; 8411 $ipnet = array_slice($ipparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16); 8412 $addrnet = array_slice($addrparts, 0, ($mask-$modulo)/16); 8413 if (implode(':', $ipnet) === implode(':', $addrnet)) { 8414 if ($modulo == 0) { 8415 return true; 8416 } 8417 $pos = ($mask-$modulo)/16; 8418 $ipnet = hexdec($ipparts[$pos]); 8419 $addrnet = hexdec($addrparts[$pos]); 8420 $mask = 0xffff << (16 - $modulo); 8421 if (($addrnet & $mask) == ($ipnet & $mask)) { 8422 return true; 8423 } 8424 } 8425 8426 } else { 8427 // IPv4. 8428 if ($ipv6) { 8429 continue; 8430 } 8431 if ($mask > 32 or $mask < 0) { 8432 continue; // Nonsense. 8433 } 8434 if ($mask == 0) { 8435 return true; 8436 } 8437 if ($mask == 32) { 8438 if ($ip === $addr) { 8439 return true; 8440 } 8441 continue; 8442 } 8443 $mask = 0xffffffff << (32 - $mask); 8444 if (((ip2long($addr) & $mask) == (ip2long($ip) & $mask))) { 8445 return true; 8446 } 8447 } 8448 8449 } else if (strpos($subnet, '-') !== false) { 8450 // 2: xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx-yyy or xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx::xxxx-yyyy. A range of IP addresses in the last group. 8451 $parts = explode('-', $subnet); 8452 if (count($parts) != 2) { 8453 continue; 8454 } 8455 8456 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) { 8457 // IPv6. 8458 if (!$ipv6) { 8459 continue; 8460 } 8461 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise. 8462 if ($ipstart === null) { 8463 continue; 8464 } 8465 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipstart); 8466 $start = hexdec(array_pop($ipparts)); 8467 $ipparts[] = trim($parts[1]); 8468 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode(':', $ipparts), false); // Normalise. 8469 if ($ipend === null) { 8470 continue; 8471 } 8472 $ipparts[7] = ''; 8473 $ipnet = implode(':', $ipparts); 8474 if (strpos($addr, $ipnet) !== 0) { 8475 continue; 8476 } 8477 $ipparts = explode(':', $ipend); 8478 $end = hexdec($ipparts[7]); 8479 8480 $addrend = hexdec($addrparts[7]); 8481 8482 if (($addrend >= $start) and ($addrend <= $end)) { 8483 return true; 8484 } 8485 8486 } else { 8487 // IPv4. 8488 if ($ipv6) { 8489 continue; 8490 } 8491 $ipstart = cleanremoteaddr(trim($parts[0]), false); // Normalise. 8492 if ($ipstart === null) { 8493 continue; 8494 } 8495 $ipparts = explode('.', $ipstart); 8496 $ipparts[3] = trim($parts[1]); 8497 $ipend = cleanremoteaddr(implode('.', $ipparts), false); // Normalise. 8498 if ($ipend === null) { 8499 continue; 8500 } 8501 8502 if ((ip2long($addr) >= ip2long($ipstart)) and (ip2long($addr) <= ip2long($ipend))) { 8503 return true; 8504 } 8505 } 8506 8507 } else { 8508 // 3: xxx.xxx or xxx.xxx. or xxx:xxx:xxxx or xxx:xxx:xxxx. 8509 if (strpos($subnet, ':') !== false) { 8510 // IPv6. 8511 if (!$ipv6) { 8512 continue; 8513 } 8514 $parts = explode(':', $subnet); 8515 $count = count($parts); 8516 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') { 8517 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing :'s. 8518 $count--; 8519 $subnet = implode('.', $parts); 8520 } 8521 $isip = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise. 8522 if ($isip !== null) { 8523 if ($isip === $addr) { 8524 return true; 8525 } 8526 continue; 8527 } else if ($count > 8) { 8528 continue; 8529 } 8530 $zeros = array_fill(0, 8-$count, '0'); 8531 $subnet = $subnet.':'.implode(':', $zeros).'/'.($count*16); 8532 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) { 8533 return true; 8534 } 8535 8536 } else { 8537 // IPv4. 8538 if ($ipv6) { 8539 continue; 8540 } 8541 $parts = explode('.', $subnet); 8542 $count = count($parts); 8543 if ($parts[$count-1] === '') { 8544 unset($parts[$count-1]); // Trim trailing . 8545 $count--; 8546 $subnet = implode('.', $parts); 8547 } 8548 if ($count == 4) { 8549 $subnet = cleanremoteaddr($subnet, false); // Normalise. 8550 if ($subnet === $addr) { 8551 return true; 8552 } 8553 continue; 8554 } else if ($count > 4) { 8555 continue; 8556 } 8557 $zeros = array_fill(0, 4-$count, '0'); 8558 $subnet = $subnet.'.'.implode('.', $zeros).'/'.($count*8); 8559 if (address_in_subnet($addr, $subnet)) { 8560 return true; 8561 } 8562 } 8563 } 8564 } 8565 8566 return false; 8567 } 8568 8569 /** 8570 * For outputting debugging info 8571 * 8572 * @param string $string The string to write 8573 * @param string $eol The end of line char(s) to use 8574 * @param string $sleep Period to make the application sleep 8575 * This ensures any messages have time to display before redirect 8576 */ 8577 function mtrace($string, $eol="\n", $sleep=0) { 8578 8579 if (defined('STDOUT') and !PHPUNIT_TEST) { 8580 fwrite(STDOUT, $string.$eol); 8581 } else { 8582 echo $string . $eol; 8583 } 8584 8585 flush(); 8586 8587 // Delay to keep message on user's screen in case of subsequent redirect. 8588 if ($sleep) { 8589 sleep($sleep); 8590 } 8591 } 8592 8593 /** 8594 * Replace 1 or more slashes or backslashes to 1 slash 8595 * 8596 * @param string $path The path to strip 8597 * @return string the path with double slashes removed 8598 */ 8599 function cleardoubleslashes ($path) { 8600 return preg_replace('/(\/|\\\){1,}/', '/', $path); 8601 } 8602 8603 /** 8604 * Is current ip in give list? 8605 * 8606 * @param string $list 8607 * @return bool 8608 */ 8609 function remoteip_in_list($list) { 8610 $inlist = false; 8611 $clientip = getremoteaddr(null); 8612 8613 if (!$clientip) { 8614 // Ensure access on cli. 8615 return true; 8616 } 8617 8618 $list = explode("\n", $list); 8619 foreach ($list as $subnet) { 8620 $subnet = trim($subnet); 8621 if (address_in_subnet($clientip, $subnet)) { 8622 $inlist = true; 8623 break; 8624 } 8625 } 8626 return $inlist; 8627 } 8628 8629 /** 8630 * Returns most reliable client address 8631 * 8632 * @param string $default If an address can't be determined, then return this 8633 * @return string The remote IP address 8634 */ 8635 function getremoteaddr($default='0.0.0.0') { 8636 global $CFG; 8637 8638 if (empty($CFG->getremoteaddrconf)) { 8639 // This will happen, for example, before just after the upgrade, as the 8640 // user is redirected to the admin screen. 8641 $variablestoskip = 0; 8642 } else { 8643 $variablestoskip = $CFG->getremoteaddrconf; 8644 } 8645 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_CLIENT_IP)) { 8646 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP'])) { 8647 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['HTTP_CLIENT_IP']); 8648 return $address ? $address : $default; 8649 } 8650 } 8651 if (!($variablestoskip & GETREMOTEADDR_SKIP_HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR)) { 8652 if (!empty($_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR'])) { 8653 $forwardedaddresses = explode(",", $_SERVER['HTTP_X_FORWARDED_FOR']); 8654 $address = $forwardedaddresses[0]; 8655 8656 if (substr_count($address, ":") > 1) { 8657 // Remove port and brackets from IPv6. 8658 if (preg_match("/\[(.*)\]:/", $address, $matches)) { 8659 $address = $matches[1]; 8660 } 8661 } else { 8662 // Remove port from IPv4. 8663 if (substr_count($address, ":") == 1) { 8664 $address = explode(":", $address)[0]; 8665 } 8666 } 8667 8668 $address = cleanremoteaddr($address); 8669 return $address ? $address : $default; 8670 } 8671 } 8672 if (!empty($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) { 8673 $address = cleanremoteaddr($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']); 8674 return $address ? $address : $default; 8675 } else { 8676 return $default; 8677 } 8678 } 8679 8680 /** 8681 * Cleans an ip address. Internal addresses are now allowed. 8682 * (Originally local addresses were not allowed.) 8683 * 8684 * @param string $addr IPv4 or IPv6 address 8685 * @param bool $compress use IPv6 address compression 8686 * @return string normalised ip address string, null if error 8687 */ 8688 function cleanremoteaddr($addr, $compress=false) { 8689 $addr = trim($addr); 8690 8691 // TODO: maybe add a separate function is_addr_public() or something like this. 8692 8693 if (strpos($addr, ':') !== false) { 8694 // Can be only IPv6. 8695 $parts = explode(':', $addr); 8696 $count = count($parts); 8697 8698 if (strpos($parts[$count-1], '.') !== false) { 8699 // Legacy ipv4 notation. 8700 $last = array_pop($parts); 8701 $ipv4 = cleanremoteaddr($last, true); 8702 if ($ipv4 === null) { 8703 return null; 8704 } 8705 $bits = explode('.', $ipv4); 8706 $parts[] = dechex($bits[0]).dechex($bits[1]); 8707 $parts[] = dechex($bits[2]).dechex($bits[3]); 8708 $count = count($parts); 8709 $addr = implode(':', $parts); 8710 } 8711 8712 if ($count < 3 or $count > 8) { 8713 return null; // Severly malformed. 8714 } 8715 8716 if ($count != 8) { 8717 if (strpos($addr, '::') === false) { 8718 return null; // Malformed. 8719 } 8720 // Uncompress. 8721 $insertat = array_search('', $parts, true); 8722 $missing = array_fill(0, 1 + 8 - $count, '0'); 8723 array_splice($parts, $insertat, 1, $missing); 8724 foreach ($parts as $key => $part) { 8725 if ($part === '') { 8726 $parts[$key] = '0'; 8727 } 8728 } 8729 } 8730 8731 $adr = implode(':', $parts); 8732 if (!preg_match('/^([0-9a-f]{1,4})(:[0-9a-f]{1,4})*$/i', $adr)) { 8733 return null; // Incorrect format - sorry. 8734 } 8735 8736 // Normalise 0s and case. 8737 $parts = array_map('hexdec', $parts); 8738 $parts = array_map('dechex', $parts); 8739 8740 $result = implode(':', $parts); 8741 8742 if (!$compress) { 8743 return $result; 8744 } 8745 8746 if ($result === '0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0') { 8747 return '::'; // All addresses. 8748 } 8749 8750 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0)+:0$/', '::', $result, 1); 8751 if ($compressed !== $result) { 8752 return $compressed; 8753 } 8754 8755 $compressed = preg_replace('/^(0:){2,7}/', '::', $result, 1); 8756 if ($compressed !== $result) { 8757 return $compressed; 8758 } 8759 8760 $compressed = preg_replace('/(:0){2,6}:/', '::', $result, 1); 8761 if ($compressed !== $result) { 8762 return $compressed; 8763 } 8764 8765 return $result; 8766 } 8767 8768 // First get all things that look like IPv4 addresses. 8769 $parts = array(); 8770 if (!preg_match('/^(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})\.(\d{1,3})$/', $addr, $parts)) { 8771 return null; 8772 } 8773 unset($parts[0]); 8774 8775 foreach ($parts as $key => $match) { 8776 if ($match > 255) { 8777 return null; 8778 } 8779 $parts[$key] = (int)$match; // Normalise 0s. 8780 } 8781 8782 return implode('.', $parts); 8783 } 8784 8785 /** 8786 * This function will make a complete copy of anything it's given, 8787 * regardless of whether it's an object or not. 8788 * 8789 * @param mixed $thing Something you want cloned 8790 * @return mixed What ever it is you passed it 8791 */ 8792 function fullclone($thing) { 8793 return unserialize(serialize($thing)); 8794 } 8795 8796 /** 8797 * If new messages are waiting for the current user, then insert 8798 * JavaScript to pop up the messaging window into the page 8799 * 8800 * @return void 8801 */ 8802 function message_popup_window() { 8803 global $USER, $DB, $PAGE, $CFG; 8804 8805 if (!$PAGE->get_popup_notification_allowed() || empty($CFG->messaging)) { 8806 return; 8807 } 8808 8809 if (!isloggedin() || isguestuser()) { 8810 return; 8811 } 8812 8813 if (!isset($USER->message_lastpopup)) { 8814 $USER->message_lastpopup = 0; 8815 } else if ($USER->message_lastpopup > (time()-120)) { 8816 // Don't run the query to check whether to display a popup if its been run in the last 2 minutes. 8817 return; 8818 } 8819 8820 // A quick query to check whether the user has new messages. 8821 $messagecount = $DB->count_records('message', array('useridto' => $USER->id)); 8822 if ($messagecount < 1) { 8823 return; 8824 } 8825 8826 // There are unread messages so now do a more complex but slower query. 8827 $messagesql = "SELECT m.id, c.blocked 8828 FROM {message} m 8829 JOIN {message_working} mw ON m.id=mw.unreadmessageid 8830 JOIN {message_processors} p ON mw.processorid=p.id 8831 JOIN {user} u ON m.useridfrom=u.id 8832 LEFT JOIN {message_contacts} c ON c.contactid = m.useridfrom 8833 AND c.userid = m.useridto 8834 WHERE m.useridto = :userid 8835 AND p.name='popup'"; 8836 8837 // If the user was last notified over an hour ago we can re-notify them of old messages 8838 // so don't worry about when the new message was sent. 8839 $lastnotifiedlongago = $USER->message_lastpopup < (time()-3600); 8840 if (!$lastnotifiedlongago) { 8841 $messagesql .= 'AND m.timecreated > :lastpopuptime'; 8842 } 8843 8844 $waitingmessages = $DB->get_records_sql($messagesql, array('userid' => $USER->id, 'lastpopuptime' => $USER->message_lastpopup)); 8845 8846 $validmessages = 0; 8847 foreach ($waitingmessages as $messageinfo) { 8848 if ($messageinfo->blocked) { 8849 // Message is from a user who has since been blocked so just mark it read. 8850 // Get the full message to mark as read. 8851 $messageobject = $DB->get_record('message', array('id' => $messageinfo->id)); 8852 message_mark_message_read($messageobject, time()); 8853 } else { 8854 $validmessages++; 8855 } 8856 } 8857 8858 if ($validmessages > 0) { 8859 $strmessages = get_string('unreadnewmessages', 'message', $validmessages); 8860 $strgomessage = get_string('gotomessages', 'message'); 8861 $strstaymessage = get_string('ignore', 'admin'); 8862 8863 $notificationsound = null; 8864 $beep = get_user_preferences('message_beepnewmessage', ''); 8865 if (!empty($beep)) { 8866 // Browsers will work down this list until they find something they support. 8867 $sourcetags = html_writer::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot.'/message/bell.wav', 'type' => 'audio/wav')); 8868 $sourcetags .= html_writer::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot.'/message/bell.ogg', 'type' => 'audio/ogg')); 8869 $sourcetags .= html_writer::empty_tag('source', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot.'/message/bell.mp3', 'type' => 'audio/mpeg')); 8870 $sourcetags .= html_writer::empty_tag('embed', array('src' => $CFG->wwwroot.'/message/bell.wav', 'autostart' => 'true', 'hidden' => 'true')); 8871 8872 $notificationsound = html_writer::tag('audio', $sourcetags, array('preload' => 'auto', 'autoplay' => 'autoplay')); 8873 } 8874 8875 $url = $CFG->wwwroot.'/message/index.php'; 8876 $content = html_writer::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessageoverlay', 'class' => 'mdl-align')). 8877 html_writer::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessagetext')). 8878 $strmessages. 8879 html_writer::end_tag('div'). 8880 8881 $notificationsound. 8882 html_writer::start_tag('div', array('id' => 'newmessagelinks')). 8883 html_writer::link($url, $strgomessage, array('id' => 'notificationyes')).' '. 8884 html_writer::link('', $strstaymessage, array('id' => 'notificationno')). 8885 html_writer::end_tag('div'); 8886 html_writer::end_tag('div'); 8887 8888 $PAGE->requires->js_init_call('M.core_message.init_notification', array('', $content, $url)); 8889 8890 $USER->message_lastpopup = time(); 8891 } 8892 } 8893 8894 /** 8895 * Used to make sure that $min <= $value <= $max 8896 * 8897 * Make sure that value is between min, and max 8898 * 8899 * @param int $min The minimum value 8900 * @param int $value The value to check 8901 * @param int $max The maximum value 8902 * @return int 8903 */ 8904 function bounded_number($min, $value, $max) { 8905 if ($value < $min) { 8906 return $min; 8907 } 8908 if ($value > $max) { 8909 return $max; 8910 } 8911 return $value; 8912 } 8913 8914 /** 8915 * Check if there is a nested array within the passed array 8916 * 8917 * @param array $array 8918 * @return bool true if there is a nested array false otherwise 8919 */ 8920 function array_is_nested($array) { 8921 foreach ($array as $value) { 8922 if (is_array($value)) { 8923 return true; 8924 } 8925 } 8926 return false; 8927 } 8928 8929 /** 8930 * get_performance_info() pairs up with init_performance_info() 8931 * loaded in setup.php. Returns an array with 'html' and 'txt' 8932 * values ready for use, and each of the individual stats provided 8933 * separately as well. 8934 * 8935 * @return array 8936 */ 8937 function get_performance_info() { 8938 global $CFG, $PERF, $DB, $PAGE; 8939 8940 $info = array(); 8941 $info['html'] = ''; // Holds userfriendly HTML representation. 8942 $info['txt'] = me() . ' '; // Holds log-friendly representation. 8943 8944 $info['realtime'] = microtime_diff($PERF->starttime, microtime()); 8945 8946 $info['html'] .= '<span class="timeused">'.$info['realtime'].' secs</span> '; 8947 $info['txt'] .= 'time: '.$info['realtime'].'s '; 8948 8949 if (function_exists('memory_get_usage')) { 8950 $info['memory_total'] = memory_get_usage(); 8951 $info['memory_growth'] = memory_get_usage() - $PERF->startmemory; 8952 $info['html'] .= '<span class="memoryused">RAM: '.display_size($info['memory_total']).'</span> '; 8953 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_total: '.$info['memory_total'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_total']).') memory_growth: '. 8954 $info['memory_growth'].'B ('.display_size($info['memory_growth']).') '; 8955 } 8956 8957 if (function_exists('memory_get_peak_usage')) { 8958 $info['memory_peak'] = memory_get_peak_usage(); 8959 $info['html'] .= '<span class="memoryused">RAM peak: '.display_size($info['memory_peak']).'</span> '; 8960 $info['txt'] .= 'memory_peak: '.$info['memory_peak'].'B (' . display_size($info['memory_peak']).') '; 8961 } 8962 8963 $inc = get_included_files(); 8964 $info['includecount'] = count($inc); 8965 $info['html'] .= '<span class="included">Included '.$info['includecount'].' files</span> '; 8966 $info['txt'] .= 'includecount: '.$info['includecount'].' '; 8967 8968 if (!empty($CFG->early_install_lang) or empty($PAGE)) { 8969 // We can not track more performance before installation or before PAGE init, sorry. 8970 return $info; 8971 } 8972 8973 $filtermanager = filter_manager::instance(); 8974 if (method_exists($filtermanager, 'get_performance_summary')) { 8975 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $filtermanager->get_performance_summary(); 8976 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info); 8977 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) { 8978 $info['html'] .= "<span class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </span> "; 8979 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value "; 8980 } 8981 } 8982 8983 $stringmanager = get_string_manager(); 8984 if (method_exists($stringmanager, 'get_performance_summary')) { 8985 list($filterinfo, $nicenames) = $stringmanager->get_performance_summary(); 8986 $info = array_merge($filterinfo, $info); 8987 foreach ($filterinfo as $key => $value) { 8988 $info['html'] .= "<span class='$key'>$nicenames[$key]: $value </span> "; 8989 $info['txt'] .= "$key: $value "; 8990 } 8991 } 8992 8993 if (!empty($PERF->logwrites)) { 8994 $info['logwrites'] = $PERF->logwrites; 8995 $info['html'] .= '<span class="logwrites">Log DB writes '.$info['logwrites'].'</span> '; 8996 $info['txt'] .= 'logwrites: '.$info['logwrites'].' '; 8997 } 8998 8999 $info['dbqueries'] = $DB->perf_get_reads().'/'.($DB->perf_get_writes() - $PERF->logwrites); 9000 $info['html'] .= '<span class="dbqueries">DB reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].'</span> '; 9001 $info['txt'] .= 'db reads/writes: '.$info['dbqueries'].' '; 9002 9003 $info['dbtime'] = round($DB->perf_get_queries_time(), 5); 9004 $info['html'] .= '<span class="dbtime">DB queries time: '.$info['dbtime'].' secs</span> '; 9005 $info['txt'] .= 'db queries time: ' . $info['dbtime'] . 's '; 9006 9007 if (function_exists('posix_times')) { 9008 $ptimes = posix_times(); 9009 if (is_array($ptimes)) { 9010 foreach ($ptimes as $key => $val) { 9011 $info[$key] = $ptimes[$key] - $PERF->startposixtimes[$key]; 9012 } 9013 $info['html'] .= "<span class=\"posixtimes\">ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime]</span> "; 9014 $info['txt'] .= "ticks: $info[ticks] user: $info[utime] sys: $info[stime] cuser: $info[cutime] csys: $info[cstime] "; 9015 } 9016 } 9017 9018 // Grab the load average for the last minute. 9019 // /proc will only work under some linux configurations 9020 // while uptime is there under MacOSX/Darwin and other unices. 9021 if (is_readable('/proc/loadavg') && $loadavg = @file('/proc/loadavg')) { 9022 list($serverload) = explode(' ', $loadavg[0]); 9023 unset($loadavg); 9024 } else if ( function_exists('is_executable') && is_executable('/usr/bin/uptime') && $loadavg = `/usr/bin/uptime` ) { 9025 if (preg_match('/load averages?: (\d+[\.,:]\d+)/', $loadavg, $matches)) { 9026 $serverload = $matches[1]; 9027 } else { 9028 trigger_error('Could not parse uptime output!'); 9029 } 9030 } 9031 if (!empty($serverload)) { 9032 $info['serverload'] = $serverload; 9033 $info['html'] .= '<span class="serverload">Load average: '.$info['serverload'].'</span> '; 9034 $info['txt'] .= "serverload: {$info['serverload']} "; 9035 } 9036 9037 // Display size of session if session started. 9038 if ($si = \core\session\manager::get_performance_info()) { 9039 $info['sessionsize'] = $si['size']; 9040 $info['html'] .= $si['html']; 9041 $info['txt'] .= $si['txt']; 9042 } 9043 9044 if ($stats = cache_helper::get_stats()) { 9045 $html = '<span class="cachesused">'; 9046 $html .= '<span class="cache-stats-heading">Caches used (hits/misses/sets)</span>'; 9047 $text = 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): '; 9048 $hits = 0; 9049 $misses = 0; 9050 $sets = 0; 9051 foreach ($stats as $definition => $stores) { 9052 $html .= '<span class="cache-definition-stats">'; 9053 $html .= '<span class="cache-definition-stats-heading">'.$definition.'</span>'; 9054 $text .= "$definition {"; 9055 foreach ($stores as $store => $data) { 9056 $hits += $data['hits']; 9057 $misses += $data['misses']; 9058 $sets += $data['sets']; 9059 if ($data['hits'] == 0 and $data['misses'] > 0) { 9060 $cachestoreclass = 'nohits'; 9061 } else if ($data['hits'] < $data['misses']) { 9062 $cachestoreclass = 'lowhits'; 9063 } else { 9064 $cachestoreclass = 'hihits'; 9065 } 9066 $text .= "$store($data[hits]/$data[misses]/$data[sets]) "; 9067 $html .= "<span class=\"cache-store-stats $cachestoreclass\">$store: $data[hits] / $data[misses] / $data[sets]</span>"; 9068 } 9069 $html .= '</span>'; 9070 $text .= '} '; 9071 } 9072 $html .= "<span class='cache-total-stats'>Total: $hits / $misses / $sets</span>"; 9073 $html .= '</span> '; 9074 $info['cachesused'] = "$hits / $misses / $sets"; 9075 $info['html'] .= $html; 9076 $info['txt'] .= $text.'. '; 9077 } else { 9078 $info['cachesused'] = '0 / 0 / 0'; 9079 $info['html'] .= '<span class="cachesused">Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0</span>'; 9080 $info['txt'] .= 'Caches used (hits/misses/sets): 0/0/0 '; 9081 } 9082 9083 $info['html'] = '<div class="performanceinfo siteinfo">'.$info['html'].'</div>'; 9084 return $info; 9085 } 9086 9087 /** 9088 * Legacy function. 9089 * 9090 * @todo Document this function linux people 9091 */ 9092 function apd_get_profiling() { 9093 return shell_exec('pprofp -u ' . ini_get('apd.dumpdir') . '/pprof.' . getmypid() . '.*'); 9094 } 9095 9096 /** 9097 * Delete directory or only its content 9098 * 9099 * @param string $dir directory path 9100 * @param bool $contentonly 9101 * @return bool success, true also if dir does not exist 9102 */ 9103 function remove_dir($dir, $contentonly=false) { 9104 if (!file_exists($dir)) { 9105 // Nothing to do. 9106 return true; 9107 } 9108 if (!$handle = opendir($dir)) { 9109 return false; 9110 } 9111 $result = true; 9112 while (false!==($item = readdir($handle))) { 9113 if ($item != '.' && $item != '..') { 9114 if (is_dir($dir.'/'.$item)) { 9115 $result = remove_dir($dir.'/'.$item) && $result; 9116 } else { 9117 $result = unlink($dir.'/'.$item) && $result; 9118 } 9119 } 9120 } 9121 closedir($handle); 9122 if ($contentonly) { 9123 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated. 9124 return $result; 9125 } 9126 $result = rmdir($dir); // If anything left the result will be false, no need for && $result. 9127 clearstatcache(); // Make sure file stat cache is properly invalidated. 9128 return $result; 9129 } 9130 9131 /** 9132 * Detect if an object or a class contains a given property 9133 * will take an actual object or the name of a class 9134 * 9135 * @param mix $obj Name of class or real object to test 9136 * @param string $property name of property to find 9137 * @return bool true if property exists 9138 */ 9139 function object_property_exists( $obj, $property ) { 9140 if (is_string( $obj )) { 9141 $properties = get_class_vars( $obj ); 9142 } else { 9143 $properties = get_object_vars( $obj ); 9144 } 9145 return array_key_exists( $property, $properties ); 9146 } 9147 9148 /** 9149 * Converts an object into an associative array 9150 * 9151 * This function converts an object into an associative array by iterating 9152 * over its public properties. Because this function uses the foreach 9153 * construct, Iterators are respected. It works recursively on arrays of objects. 9154 * Arrays and simple values are returned as is. 9155 * 9156 * If class has magic properties, it can implement IteratorAggregate 9157 * and return all available properties in getIterator() 9158 * 9159 * @param mixed $var 9160 * @return array 9161 */ 9162 function convert_to_array($var) { 9163 $result = array(); 9164 9165 // Loop over elements/properties. 9166 foreach ($var as $key => $value) { 9167 // Recursively convert objects. 9168 if (is_object($value) || is_array($value)) { 9169 $result[$key] = convert_to_array($value); 9170 } else { 9171 // Simple values are untouched. 9172 $result[$key] = $value; 9173 } 9174 } 9175 return $result; 9176 } 9177 9178 /** 9179 * Detect a custom script replacement in the data directory that will 9180 * replace an existing moodle script 9181 * 9182 * @return string|bool full path name if a custom script exists, false if no custom script exists 9183 */ 9184 function custom_script_path() { 9185 global $CFG, $SCRIPT; 9186 9187 if ($SCRIPT === null) { 9188 // Probably some weird external script. 9189 return false; 9190 } 9191 9192 $scriptpath = $CFG->customscripts . $SCRIPT; 9193 9194 // Check the custom script exists. 9195 if (file_exists($scriptpath) and is_file($scriptpath)) { 9196 return $scriptpath; 9197 } else { 9198 return false; 9199 } 9200 } 9201 9202 /** 9203 * Returns whether or not the user object is a remote MNET user. This function 9204 * is in moodlelib because it does not rely on loading any of the MNET code. 9205 * 9206 * @param object $user A valid user object 9207 * @return bool True if the user is from a remote Moodle. 9208 */ 9209 function is_mnet_remote_user($user) { 9210 global $CFG; 9211 9212 if (!isset($CFG->mnet_localhost_id)) { 9213 include_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php'); 9214 $env = new mnet_environment(); 9215 $env->init(); 9216 unset($env); 9217 } 9218 9219 return (!empty($user->mnethostid) && $user->mnethostid != $CFG->mnet_localhost_id); 9220 } 9221 9222 /** 9223 * This function will search for browser prefereed languages, setting Moodle 9224 * to use the best one available if $SESSION->lang is undefined 9225 */ 9226 function setup_lang_from_browser() { 9227 global $CFG, $SESSION, $USER; 9228 9229 if (!empty($SESSION->lang) or !empty($USER->lang) or empty($CFG->autolang)) { 9230 // Lang is defined in session or user profile, nothing to do. 9231 return; 9232 } 9233 9234 if (!isset($_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE'])) { // There isn't list of browser langs, nothing to do. 9235 return; 9236 } 9237 9238 // Extract and clean langs from headers. 9239 $rawlangs = $_SERVER['HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE']; 9240 $rawlangs = str_replace('-', '_', $rawlangs); // We are using underscores. 9241 $rawlangs = explode(',', $rawlangs); // Convert to array. 9242 $langs = array(); 9243 9244 $order = 1.0; 9245 foreach ($rawlangs as $lang) { 9246 if (strpos($lang, ';') === false) { 9247 $langs[(string)$order] = $lang; 9248 $order = $order-0.01; 9249 } else { 9250 $parts = explode(';', $lang); 9251 $pos = strpos($parts[1], '='); 9252 $langs[substr($parts[1], $pos+1)] = $parts[0]; 9253 } 9254 } 9255 krsort($langs, SORT_NUMERIC); 9256 9257 // Look for such langs under standard locations. 9258 foreach ($langs as $lang) { 9259 // Clean it properly for include. 9260 $lang = strtolower(clean_param($lang, PARAM_SAFEDIR)); 9261 if (get_string_manager()->translation_exists($lang, false)) { 9262 // Lang exists, set it in session. 9263 $SESSION->lang = $lang; 9264 // We have finished. Go out. 9265 break; 9266 } 9267 } 9268 return; 9269 } 9270 9271 /** 9272 * Check if $url matches anything in proxybypass list 9273 * 9274 * Any errors just result in the proxy being used (least bad) 9275 * 9276 * @param string $url url to check 9277 * @return boolean true if we should bypass the proxy 9278 */ 9279 function is_proxybypass( $url ) { 9280 global $CFG; 9281 9282 // Sanity check. 9283 if (empty($CFG->proxyhost) or empty($CFG->proxybypass)) { 9284 return false; 9285 } 9286 9287 // Get the host part out of the url. 9288 if (!$host = parse_url( $url, PHP_URL_HOST )) { 9289 return false; 9290 } 9291 9292 // Get the possible bypass hosts into an array. 9293 $matches = explode( ',', $CFG->proxybypass ); 9294 9295 // Check for a match. 9296 // (IPs need to match the left hand side and hosts the right of the url, 9297 // but we can recklessly check both as there can't be a false +ve). 9298 foreach ($matches as $match) { 9299 $match = trim($match); 9300 9301 // Try for IP match (Left side). 9302 $lhs = substr($host, 0, strlen($match)); 9303 if (strcasecmp($match, $lhs)==0) { 9304 return true; 9305 } 9306 9307 // Try for host match (Right side). 9308 $rhs = substr($host, -strlen($match)); 9309 if (strcasecmp($match, $rhs)==0) { 9310 return true; 9311 } 9312 } 9313 9314 // Nothing matched. 9315 return false; 9316 } 9317 9318 /** 9319 * Check if the passed navigation is of the new style 9320 * 9321 * @param mixed $navigation 9322 * @return bool true for yes false for no 9323 */ 9324 function is_newnav($navigation) { 9325 if (is_array($navigation) && !empty($navigation['newnav'])) { 9326 return true; 9327 } else { 9328 return false; 9329 } 9330 } 9331 9332 /** 9333 * Checks whether the given variable name is defined as a variable within the given object. 9334 * 9335 * This will NOT work with stdClass objects, which have no class variables. 9336 * 9337 * @param string $var The variable name 9338 * @param object $object The object to check 9339 * @return boolean 9340 */ 9341 function in_object_vars($var, $object) { 9342 $classvars = get_class_vars(get_class($object)); 9343 $classvars = array_keys($classvars); 9344 return in_array($var, $classvars); 9345 } 9346 9347 /** 9348 * Returns an array without repeated objects. 9349 * This function is similar to array_unique, but for arrays that have objects as values 9350 * 9351 * @param array $array 9352 * @param bool $keepkeyassoc 9353 * @return array 9354 */ 9355 function object_array_unique($array, $keepkeyassoc = true) { 9356 $duplicatekeys = array(); 9357 $tmp = array(); 9358 9359 foreach ($array as $key => $val) { 9360 // Convert objects to arrays, in_array() does not support objects. 9361 if (is_object($val)) { 9362 $val = (array)$val; 9363 } 9364 9365 if (!in_array($val, $tmp)) { 9366 $tmp[] = $val; 9367 } else { 9368 $duplicatekeys[] = $key; 9369 } 9370 } 9371 9372 foreach ($duplicatekeys as $key) { 9373 unset($array[$key]); 9374 } 9375 9376 return $keepkeyassoc ? $array : array_values($array); 9377 } 9378 9379 /** 9380 * Is a userid the primary administrator? 9381 * 9382 * @param int $userid int id of user to check 9383 * @return boolean 9384 */ 9385 function is_primary_admin($userid) { 9386 $primaryadmin = get_admin(); 9387 9388 if ($userid == $primaryadmin->id) { 9389 return true; 9390 } else { 9391 return false; 9392 } 9393 } 9394 9395 /** 9396 * Returns the site identifier 9397 * 9398 * @return string $CFG->siteidentifier, first making sure it is properly initialised. 9399 */ 9400 function get_site_identifier() { 9401 global $CFG; 9402 // Check to see if it is missing. If so, initialise it. 9403 if (empty($CFG->siteidentifier)) { 9404 set_config('siteidentifier', random_string(32) . $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST']); 9405 } 9406 // Return it. 9407 return $CFG->siteidentifier; 9408 } 9409 9410 /** 9411 * Check whether the given password has no more than the specified 9412 * number of consecutive identical characters. 9413 * 9414 * @param string $password password to be checked against the password policy 9415 * @param integer $maxchars maximum number of consecutive identical characters 9416 * @return bool 9417 */ 9418 function check_consecutive_identical_characters($password, $maxchars) { 9419 9420 if ($maxchars < 1) { 9421 return true; // Zero 0 is to disable this check. 9422 } 9423 if (strlen($password) <= $maxchars) { 9424 return true; // Too short to fail this test. 9425 } 9426 9427 $previouschar = ''; 9428 $consecutivecount = 1; 9429 foreach (str_split($password) as $char) { 9430 if ($char != $previouschar) { 9431 $consecutivecount = 1; 9432 } else { 9433 $consecutivecount++; 9434 if ($consecutivecount > $maxchars) { 9435 return false; // Check failed already. 9436 } 9437 } 9438 9439 $previouschar = $char; 9440 } 9441 9442 return true; 9443 } 9444 9445 /** 9446 * Helper function to do partial function binding. 9447 * so we can use it for preg_replace_callback, for example 9448 * this works with php functions, user functions, static methods and class methods 9449 * it returns you a callback that you can pass on like so: 9450 * 9451 * $callback = partial('somefunction', $arg1, $arg2); 9452 * or 9453 * $callback = partial(array('someclass', 'somestaticmethod'), $arg1, $arg2); 9454 * or even 9455 * $obj = new someclass(); 9456 * $callback = partial(array($obj, 'somemethod'), $arg1, $arg2); 9457 * 9458 * and then the arguments that are passed through at calltime are appended to the argument list. 9459 * 9460 * @param mixed $function a php callback 9461 * @param mixed $arg1,... $argv arguments to partially bind with 9462 * @return array Array callback 9463 */ 9464 function partial() { 9465 if (!class_exists('partial')) { 9466 /** 9467 * Used to manage function binding. 9468 * @copyright 2009 Penny Leach 9469 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 9470 */ 9471 class partial{ 9472 /** @var array */ 9473 public $values = array(); 9474 /** @var string The function to call as a callback. */ 9475 public $func; 9476 /** 9477 * Constructor 9478 * @param string $func 9479 * @param array $args 9480 */ 9481 public function __construct($func, $args) { 9482 $this->values = $args; 9483 $this->func = $func; 9484 } 9485 /** 9486 * Calls the callback function. 9487 * @return mixed 9488 */ 9489 public function method() { 9490 $args = func_get_args(); 9491 return call_user_func_array($this->func, array_merge($this->values, $args)); 9492 } 9493 } 9494 } 9495 $args = func_get_args(); 9496 $func = array_shift($args); 9497 $p = new partial($func, $args); 9498 return array($p, 'method'); 9499 } 9500 9501 /** 9502 * helper function to load up and initialise the mnet environment 9503 * this must be called before you use mnet functions. 9504 * 9505 * @return mnet_environment the equivalent of old $MNET global 9506 */ 9507 function get_mnet_environment() { 9508 global $CFG; 9509 require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/mnet/lib.php'); 9510 static $instance = null; 9511 if (empty($instance)) { 9512 $instance = new mnet_environment(); 9513 $instance->init(); 9514 } 9515 return $instance; 9516 } 9517 9518 /** 9519 * during xmlrpc server code execution, any code wishing to access 9520 * information about the remote peer must use this to get it. 9521 * 9522 * @return mnet_remote_client the equivalent of old $MNETREMOTE_CLIENT global 9523 */ 9524 function get_mnet_remote_client() { 9525 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) { 9526 debugging(get_string('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet')); 9527 return false; 9528 } 9529 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 9530 if (isset($MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT)) { 9531 return $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 9532 } 9533 return false; 9534 } 9535 9536 /** 9537 * during the xmlrpc server code execution, this will be called 9538 * to setup the object returned by {@link get_mnet_remote_client} 9539 * 9540 * @param mnet_remote_client $client the client to set up 9541 * @throws moodle_exception 9542 */ 9543 function set_mnet_remote_client($client) { 9544 if (!defined('MNET_SERVER')) { 9545 throw new moodle_exception('notinxmlrpcserver', 'mnet'); 9546 } 9547 global $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT; 9548 $MNET_REMOTE_CLIENT = $client; 9549 } 9550 9551 /** 9552 * return the jump url for a given remote user 9553 * this is used for rewriting forum post links in emails, etc 9554 * 9555 * @param stdclass $user the user to get the idp url for 9556 */ 9557 function mnet_get_idp_jump_url($user) { 9558 global $CFG; 9559 9560 static $mnetjumps = array(); 9561 if (!array_key_exists($user->mnethostid, $mnetjumps)) { 9562 $idp = mnet_get_peer_host($user->mnethostid); 9563 $idpjumppath = mnet_get_app_jumppath($idp->applicationid); 9564 $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid] = $idp->wwwroot . $idpjumppath . '?hostwwwroot=' . $CFG->wwwroot . '&wantsurl='; 9565 } 9566 return $mnetjumps[$user->mnethostid]; 9567 } 9568 9569 /** 9570 * Gets the homepage to use for the current user 9571 * 9572 * @return int One of HOMEPAGE_* 9573 */ 9574 function get_home_page() { 9575 global $CFG; 9576 9577 if (isloggedin() && !isguestuser() && !empty($CFG->defaulthomepage)) { 9578 if ($CFG->defaulthomepage == HOMEPAGE_MY) { 9579 return HOMEPAGE_MY; 9580 } else { 9581 return (int)get_user_preferences('user_home_page_preference', HOMEPAGE_MY); 9582 } 9583 } 9584 return HOMEPAGE_SITE; 9585 } 9586 9587 /** 9588 * Gets the name of a course to be displayed when showing a list of courses. 9589 * By default this is just $course->fullname but user can configure it. The 9590 * result of this function should be passed through print_string. 9591 * @param stdClass|course_in_list $course Moodle course object 9592 * @return string Display name of course (either fullname or short + fullname) 9593 */ 9594 function get_course_display_name_for_list($course) { 9595 global $CFG; 9596 if (!empty($CFG->courselistshortnames)) { 9597 if (!($course instanceof stdClass)) { 9598 $course = (object)convert_to_array($course); 9599 } 9600 return get_string('courseextendednamedisplay', '', $course); 9601 } else { 9602 return $course->fullname; 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 /** 9607 * The lang_string class 9608 * 9609 * This special class is used to create an object representation of a string request. 9610 * It is special because processing doesn't occur until the object is first used. 9611 * The class was created especially to aid performance in areas where strings were 9612 * required to be generated but were not necessarily used. 9613 * As an example the admin tree when generated uses over 1500 strings, of which 9614 * normally only 1/3 are ever actually printed at any time. 9615 * The performance advantage is achieved by not actually processing strings that 9616 * arn't being used, as such reducing the processing required for the page. 9617 * 9618 * How to use the lang_string class? 9619 * There are two methods of using the lang_string class, first through the 9620 * forth argument of the get_string function, and secondly directly. 9621 * The following are examples of both. 9622 * 1. Through get_string calls e.g. 9623 * $string = get_string($identifier, $component, $a, true); 9624 * $string = get_string('yes', 'moodle', null, true); 9625 * 2. Direct instantiation 9626 * $string = new lang_string($identifier, $component, $a, $lang); 9627 * $string = new lang_string('yes'); 9628 * 9629 * How do I use a lang_string object? 9630 * The lang_string object makes use of a magic __toString method so that you 9631 * are able to use the object exactly as you would use a string in most cases. 9632 * This means you are able to collect it into a variable and then directly 9633 * echo it, or concatenate it into another string, or similar. 9634 * The other thing you can do is manually get the string by calling the 9635 * lang_strings out method e.g. 9636 * $string = new lang_string('yes'); 9637 * $string->out(); 9638 * Also worth noting is that the out method can take one argument, $lang which 9639 * allows the developer to change the language on the fly. 9640 * 9641 * When should I use a lang_string object? 9642 * The lang_string object is designed to be used in any situation where a 9643 * string may not be needed, but needs to be generated. 9644 * The admin tree is a good example of where lang_string objects should be 9645 * used. 9646 * A more practical example would be any class that requries strings that may 9647 * not be printed (after all classes get renderer by renderers and who knows 9648 * what they will do ;)) 9649 * 9650 * When should I not use a lang_string object? 9651 * Don't use lang_strings when you are going to use a string immediately. 9652 * There is no need as it will be processed immediately and there will be no 9653 * advantage, and in fact perhaps a negative hit as a class has to be 9654 * instantiated for a lang_string object, however get_string won't require 9655 * that. 9656 * 9657 * Limitations: 9658 * 1. You cannot use a lang_string object as an array offset. Doing so will 9659 * result in PHP throwing an error. (You can use it as an object property!) 9660 * 9661 * @package core 9662 * @category string 9663 * @copyright 2011 Sam Hemelryk 9664 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later 9665 */ 9666 class lang_string { 9667 9668 /** @var string The strings identifier */ 9669 protected $identifier; 9670 /** @var string The strings component. Default '' */ 9671 protected $component = ''; 9672 /** @var array|stdClass Any arguments required for the string. Default null */ 9673 protected $a = null; 9674 /** @var string The language to use when processing the string. Default null */ 9675 protected $lang = null; 9676 9677 /** @var string The processed string (once processed) */ 9678 protected $string = null; 9679 9680 /** 9681 * A special boolean. If set to true then the object has been woken up and 9682 * cannot be regenerated. If this is set then $this->string MUST be used. 9683 * @var bool 9684 */ 9685 protected $forcedstring = false; 9686 9687 /** 9688 * Constructs a lang_string object 9689 * 9690 * This function should do as little processing as possible to ensure the best 9691 * performance for strings that won't be used. 9692 * 9693 * @param string $identifier The strings identifier 9694 * @param string $component The strings component 9695 * @param stdClass|array $a Any arguments the string requires 9696 * @param string $lang The language to use when processing the string. 9697 * @throws coding_exception 9698 */ 9699 public function __construct($identifier, $component = '', $a = null, $lang = null) { 9700 if (empty($component)) { 9701 $component = 'moodle'; 9702 } 9703 9704 $this->identifier = $identifier; 9705 $this->component = $component; 9706 $this->lang = $lang; 9707 9708 // We MUST duplicate $a to ensure that it if it changes by reference those 9709 // changes are not carried across. 9710 // To do this we always ensure $a or its properties/values are strings 9711 // and that any properties/values that arn't convertable are forgotten. 9712 if (!empty($a)) { 9713 if (is_scalar($a)) { 9714 $this->a = $a; 9715 } else if ($a instanceof lang_string) { 9716 $this->a = $a->out(); 9717 } else if (is_object($a) or is_array($a)) { 9718 $a = (array)$a; 9719 $this->a = array(); 9720 foreach ($a as $key => $value) { 9721 // Make sure conversion errors don't get displayed (results in ''). 9722 if (is_array($value)) { 9723 $this->a[$key] = ''; 9724 } else if (is_object($value)) { 9725 if (method_exists($value, '__toString')) { 9726 $this->a[$key] = $value->__toString(); 9727 } else { 9728 $this->a[$key] = ''; 9729 } 9730 } else { 9731 $this->a[$key] = (string)$value; 9732 } 9733 } 9734 } 9735 } 9736 9737 if (debugging(false, DEBUG_DEVELOPER)) { 9738 if (clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) == '') { 9739 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition'); 9740 } 9741 if (!empty($this->component) && clean_param($this->component, PARAM_COMPONENT) == '') { 9742 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string compontent. Please check your string definition'); 9743 } 9744 if (!get_string_manager()->string_exists($this->identifier, $this->component)) { 9745 debugging('String does not exist. Please check your string definition for '.$this->identifier.'/'.$this->component, DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 9746 } 9747 } 9748 } 9749 9750 /** 9751 * Processes the string. 9752 * 9753 * This function actually processes the string, stores it in the string property 9754 * and then returns it. 9755 * You will notice that this function is VERY similar to the get_string method. 9756 * That is because it is pretty much doing the same thing. 9757 * However as this function is an upgrade it isn't as tolerant to backwards 9758 * compatibility. 9759 * 9760 * @return string 9761 * @throws coding_exception 9762 */ 9763 protected function get_string() { 9764 global $CFG; 9765 9766 // Check if we need to process the string. 9767 if ($this->string === null) { 9768 // Check the quality of the identifier. 9769 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper && clean_param($this->identifier, PARAM_STRINGID) === '') { 9770 throw new coding_exception('Invalid string identifier. Most probably some illegal character is part of the string identifier. Please check your string definition', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 9771 } 9772 9773 // Process the string. 9774 $this->string = get_string_manager()->get_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $this->lang); 9775 // Debugging feature lets you display string identifier and component. 9776 if (isset($CFG->debugstringids) && $CFG->debugstringids && optional_param('strings', 0, PARAM_INT)) { 9777 $this->string .= ' {' . $this->identifier . '/' . $this->component . '}'; 9778 } 9779 } 9780 // Return the string. 9781 return $this->string; 9782 } 9783 9784 /** 9785 * Returns the string 9786 * 9787 * @param string $lang The langauge to use when processing the string 9788 * @return string 9789 */ 9790 public function out($lang = null) { 9791 if ($lang !== null && $lang != $this->lang && ($this->lang == null && $lang != current_language())) { 9792 if ($this->forcedstring) { 9793 debugging('lang_string objects that have been used cannot be printed in another language. ('.$this->lang.' used)', DEBUG_DEVELOPER); 9794 return $this->get_string(); 9795 } 9796 $translatedstring = new lang_string($this->identifier, $this->component, $this->a, $lang); 9797 return $translatedstring->out(); 9798 } 9799 return $this->get_string(); 9800 } 9801 9802 /** 9803 * Magic __toString method for printing a string 9804 * 9805 * @return string 9806 */ 9807 public function __toString() { 9808 return $this->get_string(); 9809 } 9810 9811 /** 9812 * Magic __set_state method used for var_export 9813 * 9814 * @return string 9815 */ 9816 public function __set_state() { 9817 return $this->get_string(); 9818 } 9819 9820 /** 9821 * Prepares the lang_string for sleep and stores only the forcedstring and 9822 * string properties... the string cannot be regenerated so we need to ensure 9823 * it is generated for this. 9824 * 9825 * @return string 9826 */ 9827 public function __sleep() { 9828 $this->get_string(); 9829 $this->forcedstring = true; 9830 return array('forcedstring', 'string', 'lang'); 9831 } 9832 }
title
Description
Body
title
Description
Body
title
Description
Body
title
Body
Generated: Fri Nov 28 20:29:05 2014 | Cross-referenced by PHPXref 0.7.1 |